<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tfking106</id>
	<title>Ameliapedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tfking106"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Tfking106"/>
	<updated>2026-06-14T22:33:22Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.41.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Foua_Tofiga&amp;diff=7080</id>
		<title>Foua Tofiga</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Foua_Tofiga&amp;diff=7080"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T22:03:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Foua tofiga 01.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Born November 18, 1920.  Tuvalan.&lt;br /&gt;
* Came to work for the [[WPHC]] in 1939.&lt;br /&gt;
* Was working in [[Luke| Sir Harry&#039;s]] office in 1941, but heard nothing about the material from Niku.&lt;br /&gt;
* In 1999 interview with Tom King, said he had seen the Niku sextant box on the credenza in Vaskess&#039; office, but was not told about bones, artifacts.  Was very complimentary of Gallagher, who he said he had helped load &#039;&#039;Viti&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Helped to pack up the [[WPHC Archives]] for shipment to [[Tarawa]] and [[Hanslope Park]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tofiga&#039;s background ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The following material has practically nothing to do with finding out what happened to Earhart and Noonan.  It does show some of the dynamics of island life and provides some context for understanding the [[Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme]].&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1946, Vaskess helped Tofiga&#039;s home community on Vaitupu in [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuvalu Tuvalu] (formerly the Ellice Islands) purchase the island of [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kioa Kioa] in Fiji.  Fiji has set a limit of 500 for the size of the community on Kioa. ([[Captain Stan Brown]] often brought Gilbertese (Tuvalans) through the Taveuni Strait.  The hills press close to the water there, and the Gilbertese thought that they were going to fall on them--they had never seen hills before.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just about the same time that Tofiga&#039;s people were buying Kioa, Banabans purchased [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rabi_Island Rabi Island] and moved about two thousand people there in 1948-49.  It&#039;s not far from Kioa.  Earnings from the  phosphate mine paid for the move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tofiga was upset with some article or book that, in his view, distorted the true history of Niulakita, the ninth island in Tuvalu (which, if I understood him correctly, means &amp;quot;a stand or cluster of 8&amp;quot;).  Tofiga&#039;s community had already begun to colonize the island.  The British government gave the people of Vaitupu permission to settle Niulakita so long as they cut copra and earned some money to pay for the island.  A later administration decided to have Niulakita settled by the community from Niutao.  The Vaitupu settlers were &amp;quot;cleared off the island like prisoners.   They were treated as if they were trying to steal someone&#039;s island.&amp;quot;  But the fact is that they were there first, even before the British took control of the region, and they had a legitimate contract with the British allowing them to remain there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The guano from the island has already been fully harvested.  But it is attractive because it is the highest island in the group, can be used as a base for claiming fishing rights and may be developed for &amp;quot;crazy Americans who want to live far away from everybody else.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2001, the paramount chief of Vaitupu brought Tofiga to the maneaba to tell the whole story of Niulakita.  The time allowed was far too short for Tofiga to tell all of the details of the story. He knew the native magistrate personally who drove the original community off the island, and he suspects that someone coached him on how to treat them with disrespect, because the actions he took were out of character for him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tofiga hoped that a delegation from Vaitupu might be able to speak in the maneaba at Niutao.  He would love to lead the delgation to ask that  Niulakita be given back to the people with the strongest claim on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tofiga did not blame the author for the coverup. He did not want to defame anybody.  But he hoped that someone could help set the record straight.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Biographical Data|Tofiga]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Interviews/Anecdotal Accounts|Tofiga]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6463</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6463"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T01:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Results */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoes&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some eight meters to the southwest. About the same distance to the southeast, near a large coral head outcrop, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manybarrels.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-35 -- Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PropertyMarker.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-37 -- Boundary Marker&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6462</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6462"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:59:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Results */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoes&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manybarrels.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-35 -- Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PropertyMarker.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-37 -- Boundary Marker&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6461</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6461"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:57:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Results */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manybarrels.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-35 -- Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PropertyMarker.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-37 -- Boundary Marker&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6460</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6460"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:56:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Results */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manybarrels.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-35 -- Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PropertyMarker.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-37 -- Boundary Marker&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders&#039;&#039; Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:PropertyMarker.jpg&amp;diff=6459</id>
		<title>File:PropertyMarker.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:PropertyMarker.jpg&amp;diff=6459"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:52:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6458</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6458"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:51:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Results */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manybarrels.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-35 -- Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Manybarrels_bdry_mkr.bmp&amp;diff=6457</id>
		<title>File:Manybarrels bdry mkr.bmp</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Manybarrels_bdry_mkr.bmp&amp;diff=6457"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:45:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Boundary Marker on Sir Harry Luke Avenue&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Boundary Marker on Sir Harry Luke Avenue&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Manybarrels.jpg&amp;diff=6456</id>
		<title>File:Manybarrels.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Manybarrels.jpg&amp;diff=6456"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:38:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Site Map: Manybarrels Site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Site Map: Manybarrels Site&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6455</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6455"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:31:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Aukaraime South */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
          &#039;&#039;&#039;Figure N-32 -- Aukaraime South: Areas Intensively Investigated 1997&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6454</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6454"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:28:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Aukaraime South */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6453</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6453"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:17:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:/AukaraimeS.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:AukaraimeS.jpg&amp;diff=6452</id>
		<title>File:AukaraimeS.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:AukaraimeS.jpg&amp;diff=6452"/>
		<updated>2011-05-20T00:06:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Aukaraime South &amp;quot;Shoe Site&amp;quot; -- Areas of Intensive Inspection 1997&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Aukaraime South &amp;quot;Shoe Site&amp;quot; -- Areas of Intensive Inspection 1997&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6446</id>
		<title>Niku III (1997)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_III_(1997)&amp;diff=6446"/>
		<updated>2011-05-18T23:53:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Once and For All.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/12_2/niku.html Preliminary planning.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIII.html Summary report.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/highwater.html &amp;quot;Hell and High Water.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/puzzle.html &amp;quot;Completing the Puzzle.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/pieces.html &amp;quot;I Saw Pieces of an Airplane.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With the water catcher on the windward side seemingly eliminated as a likely Earhart associated site, attention focused during the 1997 expedition on Aukaraime South, the lagoon, and specific sites in the village. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Aukaraime South Site obviously merited further investigation as the site of the 1991 discoveries of the shoe parts and other possible Earhart-related artifacts, and because Bevington had identified it as the site where he and Maude had seen signs of some sort of occupation. During preparation for the 1997 fieldwork we inquired of Harry Maude about his own recollections. Though he did not identify a specific site, he confirmed that Bevington had shown him a site where he recalled seeing piles of debris that he associated with Arundel&#039;s workers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is nothing very obvious to recommend Aukaraime South as a camping place. Like most of Nikumaroro, it is flat, heavily wooded, with no distinguishing geographic features, lying about two meters above the level of the lagoon. In is not far from Baureke Passage, however, and in reviewing airphotos of the area we noted that between the site and the passage, there is a linear area that is relatively clear of vegetation. Historical photos indicated that this area has been fairly clear since at least the late 1930s, apparently as a result of frequent salt-water overwash during storm events (Fig. N-30). We speculated that it might have been an attractive landing site for Earhart and Noonan. The 1938 New Zealand aerodrome survey maps of 1938 (Fig. N-31) showed the clear area bordered by Buka trees; these had been cleared for coconut planting by the time of the 19_DATE_ airphotos. A typical Buka tree, as we measured in the field, has a trunk-to-limbtip radius of six to eight meters. A Lockheed Electra, 11.7 meters long and 16.6 meters across the wings, would not be very visible to the Colorado pilots if landed on the cleared area and parked under a tree to escape the fierce tropical sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if Earhart and Noonan had landed on the cleared area and camped at Aukaraime south, why did Bevington, Maude, and their colleagues not see the airplane? It seemed plausible that the same forces that kept the clear area clear had cleared it of the airplane -- that at some point before the Maude-Bevington visit, storm waves had swept the cleared area and carried the airplane into the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once in the lagoon, assuming it was afloat, the airplane could have gone almost anyplace, but it seemed most likely that it would have sunk somewhere not too far from the northeastern end of the cleared area and the inner mouth of Baureke Passage. To check this possibility, the 1997 expedition was equipped to conduct a detailed underwater search in the lagoon, using both divers and electromagnetic sensors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the village was chosen for further investigation simply because it was, after all, where we had found all the aircraft fragments during the previous expeditions. Wherever the airplane was, it appeared likely that the colonists had been salvaging pieces from it and taking them to the village. It was possible, then, that we might find the &amp;quot;smoking gun&amp;quot; artifact in the village -- the fragment with a definitive serial number or other identifier linking it unquestionably to the Earhart airplane. More realistically, a larger sample of airplane debris from the village might help us understand what airplanes were producing the pieces the colonists used, and the transformation processes that led such pieces to be part of the village&#039;s archeological record. Understanding these processes, we hoped, might give us clues to the original location of the wreckage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expedition team of ten, under the direction of Gillespie, departed Suva, Fiji on February 22, 1997, aboard the &#039;&#039;[[Nai&#039;a]]&#039;&#039;, a 110&#039; motorsailer owned and operated by Nai&#039;a Cruises, Inc. We were accompanied by a three-man documentary crew from ABC Television, under the direction of Producer Howie Masters. We arrived off Nikumaroro on February 27, and after the usual preliminaries began work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expedition was equipped with Trimble GPS units, and a (DON ELABORATE??) base station that was established near the landing site. With this equipment we hoped both to record the locations of specific sites and features accurately, and to locate Nikumaroro itself more precisely than it had been in the past. Unfortunately, the base station required at least xxx satellite readings to produce an entirely accurate location. After only xxx readings, the onset of Cyclone Hina began to flood the base station and it had to be quickly relocated. Nevertheless, the base station (DON???????)xxxx &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relative locations of artifacts and features on sites were plotted using a Canon(??RIC??) &amp;quot;Total Station&amp;quot; pulse laser, mounted on a tripod over established datum points at sites where intensive work was done, and in hand-held mode when mapping long transects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Aukaraime South ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Datum points used in the 1991 grave excavation and shoe search were relocated, and a permanent datum point established, marked after excavation by a subsurface circle of bottles around an easy-to-find metalic core. From this point two loci were laid out for intensive surface inspection. The &amp;quot;Shoe Locus&amp;quot; included but went well beyond the original shoe discovery site, while the &amp;quot;Psychrometer Locus&amp;quot; encompassed the area where the psychrometer and medicine bottle lid had been found. Both areas were then cleared of coarse surface litter (a considerable undertaking), and blocked off in four-meter squares. Each of these was then carefully inspected on hands and knees, sorting through the fine surface debris with trowels and fingers, and was swept with metal detectors. While this work was underway, both areas were also probed with an electromagnetic sensor, revealing a single apparent anomaly. A 1x2 meter test pit was excavated on this anomaly, in 10 cm. levels, passing the soil through 1/8 inch screen and washing a sample. A second identical unit was then excavated adjacent to the first, with screening reduced to a sample. A series of shovel test pits were then excavated in each of several grids distributed across the area, one of which was expanded to a 1x2 meter test unit when it revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal (Fig. N-32). All excavations were backfilled at the close of the project, after being marked with cans and bottles to facilitate their relocation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The area between these two loci and the clear area along the shore of Baureke Passage was also inspected, both along the lagoon shore and for about one hundred meters toward the ocean. Aside from scattered bottles and boards, nothing was found in the interior. Along the shore a series of five short coral &amp;quot;piers&amp;quot; were noted. The first was about forty meters east of our landing place at the lagoon shore of the &amp;quot;shoe site.&amp;quot; The next was about forth meters west of the landing place, and the next about forty meters farther west. The fourth was about thirty meters from the third, and the fifth and last was roughly 100 meters from the fourth. Each was about six meters long and a meter wide, made up of coral chunks. Among other possibilities, these may represent fish traps, sand traps to build and protect the shoreline, or walkways to overwater latrines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Lagoon ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
An initial search box, approximately 115 meters on a side, was corner-marked with weighted buoys located using the clear area along the east side of Baureke Passage as a visual reference. Additional boxes of various sizes were laid out from the first, eventually forming a gridwork of twelve boxes (see Figure N-34). After the boxes were laid out, the southeast corner of the southeast box was tied into two benchmarks on the lagoon shore using the total station. The total station was then used to relate all the adjacent boxes to one another. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All twelve of the boxes shown on Figure N-34 were surveyed in their entirety using the electromagnetic sensor (EM-31) and a submersible magnetometer. GPS was used track the movements of the boat containing the sensors and to locate some of the box corners and calculate box areas. The total area inspected amounts to about 4 percent of the lagoon area. In addition to the electronic sensing, divers were towed on &amp;quot;manta boards&amp;quot; behind the lagoon boat and inspected the area visually. The few &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; with the sensing devices were subjected to detailed inspection by divers, following circular search patterns centered on each &amp;quot;hit.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Village ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Because of the plexiglas and other aircraft-related debris found at Manybarrels&#039; in 1996, this site was a major focus of attention. Located in fairly dense forest southeast of the Government Station, it was hard to locate precisely, but a long point-to-point transect with the Total Station enabled us to plot its location with fair accuracy, as shown in Figure N-33. The site itself was cleared of coarse surface debris, visually scanned on hands and knees, and swept with metal detectors. Metal detector hits were marked with painted tongue depressors and then trowel-excavated where the artifacts responsible were not visible on the surface. Artifacts and features were described and photographed in place, and collected where they appeared to be of possible interest -- either as aircraft associations or in order to understand the site as a whole. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Sam&#039;s Site, Kent&#039;s Site, Gallagher Highway&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
On one of the first days ashore, while filming the team at work, ABC videographer Sam Painter discovered several pieces of aircraft aluminum in a complicated residential site slightly north of the trail from the landing to the lagoon. Promptly designated &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; this site was not thoroughly cleared, but was mapped and inspected as closely as time allowed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the work, team member Kenton Spading located several pieces of aircraft aluminum not far from the Cooperative Store (where [[2-1|Artifact 2-1, the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase,]] had been found in 1989). &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site&amp;quot; was also mapped and inspected, though not intensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because we continued to find aluminum and other interesting objects each time we traversed what we had come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; -- the trail from the landing site to the lagoon -- we mapped the &amp;quot;highway,&amp;quot; describing its cultural features and collecting artifacts that appeared to be possible Earhart associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had hoped to undertake detailed surface inspection and excavations at Site 17 in the Government Station, the &amp;quot;Carpenter&#039;s Shop,&amp;quot; but the approach of Cyclone Hina forced us to cut the fieldwork short and flee, eventually landing in Funafuti, Tuvalu. The last several days of work in the village were conducted under conditions of heavy rain and dangerous surf at the landing site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Aukaraime South&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Surface inspection of the vicinity of the &amp;quot;shoe site&amp;quot; on Aukaraime South was remarkably unproductive. No more shoe parts were found, with the possible exception of artifact 2-4-G-xx, a small washer described in Section xx. Fragments of rusted ferrous metal were noted here and there, almost certainly the remains of fuel tanks from the colonial period. A concentration of roofing nails and a pair of gloves were found, the residue of TIGHAR&#039;s 1991 work. Scattered flecks of charcoal were noted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, excavations were similarly unproductive. Whatever the anomaly was that was detected by the EM-31, it was not visible in the ground. A shovel test placed at the exact site where the shoe was discovered in 1991, however, revealed a concentration of wood ash and charcoal, in an irregularly circular area about fifty centimeters across and five to ten centimeters below the surface. The surroundings of this feature were excavated and screened, revealing a scrap of paper can label given artifact number 2-4-G-xx (RIC???) and described at xxx. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The feature itself was removed in its entirety and rturned to the U.S. for analysis. A small sample from each quadrant of the feature was first scanned with a scanning microscope. A one-half liter sample from each quadrant was retained for possible future analysis. The remainder of each quadrant, about three liters of soil, was divided into fine, medium, and coarse fractions through water flotation separation by Cultural Resource Analysts of Lexington, Kentucky. All fractions were retained, and inspected under low-power magnification. No evident cultural material was found. The microscopic scan indicated the presence of a few nodules of a material that might have been melted plastic, and the flotation recovered about 25 milliliters of wood charcoal. Examination of this material by tropical botanist Rachel King of the University of Miami indicated that it was most likely from a monocot such as coconut palm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The can label initially appeared to be of considerable interest, but then was found to contain a fragment of a grocery bar code. We concluded that the label, and hence also probably the fire that produced the feature, represent the leavings of the 1978 Republic of Kiribati survey of the island, or that of some other relatively recent visitor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lagoon&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon area shown in Figure N-34 was inspected as described above, with entirely negative results. The only cultural object noted was a length of anchor chain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Manybarrels&#039; Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Laxton describes a typical housesite on Nikumaroro, and elsewhere in Kiribati, as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Gilbertese village has three buildings to each bata or household. The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street; behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse. It would be a poor village indeed which was not scrupulously clean, and Nikumaroro prides itself, and is as good as the best. Forty yards away are the village cone sheds, each household owning at least one of the beautifully made canoesâ€¦&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Knudson reports that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house site comprises a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-35 illustrates the spatial organization of the bata represented by the Manybarrels Site. An &amp;quot;L&amp;quot; shaped alignment of coral slabs apparently represents the base of a house that either never had, or has lost, the west and south sides of its platform walls. The house would have been somewhat under four by six meters in size in order to fit within the platform walls. Doubtless, like other Nikumaroro houses, it consisted of four or more upright poles supporting a pitched thatched roof, with woven pandanus frond walls under a meter high. The house fronted on Sir Harry Luke Avenue, some sixteen meters to the southwest. Twelve to fifteen meters to the southeast, the cookhouse was represented by a dense concentration of charcoal and wood ash, with a number of calcined large animal bones, apparently representing pig and turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, then, in contrast with Laxton&#039;s and Knudson&#039;s perhaps somewhat idealized description, the cookhouse was not behind the house but to the right of it as one faced the house from the road. This placement may be the result of the prevailing wind, which would tend to blow smoke into the sleeping house from a cookhouse placed to the northeast. The eating area probably was behind the house, however, represented by the substantial scatter of artifacts that we recorded there (Fig. N-36). The placement of the two 55-gallon drums included in this cluster, four to five meters apart and aligned with the house platform, suggest that a roofed structure stood here with rain barrels at two of its corners -- probably an open-sided shed where household work could be done protected from rain and sun. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts in the cluster shown in Figure N-36 included a wide range of household items -- a plate, a bucket handle, a tablespoon -- as well as brass and ferrous pipes, flashlight reflectors, an eyeglass frame, and lead weights, probably from fishnets. Most interesting to us was a tangle of cable identical with that found in 1996 -- apparently aircraft control cable -- and two clusters of artifacts near the small rock outcrop. One cluster included a large piece of stainless steel, a flashlight reflector, a copper tube, a battery cable, and a dense rectilinear mass of copper wire identified as the winding off a transformer or electric motor. The second included two large slabs of pearl shell, a red glass bead, and a small rectangular piece of aluminum, apparently Alclad. Nine additional pieces of aluminum were found, most clustered toward the edges of the site. All the aluminum pieces were small and obviously deliberately cut; in essence they appear to be &amp;quot;blanks&amp;quot; cut from larger pieces into convenient sizes for transport and storage until needed in some craft application. It appears that some kind of handicraft production was among the activities carried out in the eating area of the Manybarrels Site. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the edge of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, eighty meters &amp;quot;down the road&amp;quot; to the southeast of the Manybarrels house site is a steel pipe driven into the ground and set in concrete. A standing coral slab adjoins the pipe perpendicular to the road alignment, with patches of concrete on either side and a loose piece of concrete that has fallen into the road. The numeral &amp;quot;16&amp;quot; is on the northwestern patch and on the loose piece, while the number &amp;quot;17&amp;quot; is inscribed in the southeast patch (Figure N-37). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton says: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks. We alloted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had passed to the British government. Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement. A number was given to each land and engraved in the wet cement. Later they returned and filled the engarved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect. The completion of this merited another picnic, during which the lines of the plots were carried from lagoon to sea, marked with stones and small boulders &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-38 shows Laxton&#039;s sketch-map of land divisions on Ritiati, together with part of his list of landowners. If the Manybarrels&#039; Site was the land parcel numbered sixteen, it would have been the bata of Teng Maraki and Nei Kantaraa. If -- as seems likely given the distance from the house to the marker -- it was parcel fifteen, it was assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While we cannot be certain that the site was not occupied earlier, land parcels fifteen and sixteen were apparently parts of the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; Ritiati Village created as part of Laxton&#039;s reorganization of the colony in 1949. They were apparently assigned to settlers already on the island, however, not set aside as leasehold land for the new settlers Laxton intended to bring in from Manra. The small pieces of aluminum were probably exchanged among families engaged in craft work, however, so there is no guarantee that only immigrants from Manra would have aluminum from the known wreck on that island, or that only &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; families would have aluminum from any older wreck that might have been found on Nikumaroro. In addition, of course, travel between Nikumaroro and Kanton Islands provides another source of aircraft aluminum. None of the aluminum pieces on the Manybarrels Site is distinctive enough to be assigned to any particular airplane. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In surveying a transect to tie the location of Manybarrels into known points along the Gallagher Highway, we recorded one other house site, a substantial stone structure resembling the &amp;quot;pigpens&amp;quot; located in the southern part of the New Village in 1989, and a well. This must represent either land parcel seventeen or parcel eighteen, the batas of either Teng Abara and Nei Marenga or Teng Teibi and Nei Taiana according to Laxton&#039;s map and table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Sam&#039;s Site/Gallagher Highway North &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-39 shows the spatial organization of &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site&amp;quot; and the adjacent northern Gallagher Highway. What we call the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is not a historical track, though it more or less parallels the road Laxton mentions between the landing and the lagoon. It is simply the way we found to cross the island from landing site to lagoon with the least inconvenience and environmental impact, so it represents a more or less randomly selected wandering transect across Ritiati at this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The northeastern end of the &amp;quot;Highway&amp;quot; is a stone structure on the lagoon beach. The purpose of this structure is unknown. Immediately to the southwest, the land becomes quite swampy, and there are no structures. Then the path rises somewhat, and hence becomes more dry, as it passes to the southwest. It crosses the remains of at least four houses, three other structures, several long walls, a well (home of a coconut crab when we arrived), and another well or small babae pit. &amp;quot;Sam&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; which extends off to the northwest with no real boundary from the &amp;quot;Highway,&amp;quot; contains more linear walls and a wide range of artifacts -- a sewing machine, bicycle parts, the casing of a barometer or chronometer, large rivets, clamps, and a good deal of aluminum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We know from both air photos and Laxton&#039;s account that there was a road from the landing to the lagoon somewhere in the vicinity of the Gallagher Highway. Some of the long walls shown on Figure N-39 -- each made up of aligned coral slabs -- may represent the edges of this road. Others may represent property boundary markers, or the perimeters of public facilities. Although Laxton&#039;s hand-numbered map is hard to read at this point, it appears that the land just northwest of the road to the lagoon was Ritiati Parcel 24, assigned to the London Missionary Society, while the parcel immediately southeast of the road was Noriti Parcel 1, assigned to Teng Banibai and Nei Tebea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gallagher Highway South/Kent&#039;s Site&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-40 shows features and artifacts along the southern part of the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway,&amp;quot; including &amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site, and the adjacent Cooperative Store with the associated house sites mapped in 1989 (in one of which the Navigator&#039;s Bookcase, Artifact 2-1-V-1, was found). [[Image:Gallagher_Hwy_Compl.jpg]]&amp;quot;Kent&#039;s Site,&amp;quot; a poorly defined house site containing planks, a bed frame, bottles, and a number of aluminum pieces, lies immediately north of the 1989 house cluster. The Gallagher Highway ends at the base of the now-destroyed landing monument, and for purposes of the 1997 survey, at the nearby GPS base station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]], TIGHAR #0142CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason, TIGHAR #0053EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Executive Director, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Van Hunn, TIGHAR #1459EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]], TIGHAR #0391EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Tommy L. Love, D.O., Col. USAF, TIGHAR #0457EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg, TIGHAR #1025EC&lt;br /&gt;
* Carolyn J. Schorer, TIGHAR #1376EC&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kenton Spading]], TIGHAR #1382CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Kristin Tague, TIGHAR #0905CE&lt;br /&gt;
* Tonganibeia Tamoa&lt;br /&gt;
* Senior Examining Officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Customs Division, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], President, TIGHAR&lt;br /&gt;
* Donald Widdoes, TIGHAR #1033ECB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From ABC:&lt;br /&gt;
* Howie Masters, ABC producer/director&lt;br /&gt;
* Sam Painter, ABC cameraman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1997]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6445</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6445"/>
		<updated>2011-05-17T00:28:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Tree Borings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Graham Berwind; Bill Carter; Art Carty; Janis Carty; [[John Clauss]]; [[Ric Gillespie]]; Walt Holm; Taylor Keen; Karl Kern; [[Tom King]]; Dan Lann; Megan Lickliter-Mundon; Andrew McKenna; Jon Overholt; Gary Quigg; Tom Roberts; Jesse Rodocker; Leonid Sagalovsky; Lonnie Schorer; Mark Smith; Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2010 expedition was divided into two parts: robotic exploration of the Nuritan reef face and the lagoon, and terrestrial archaeology at the Seven Site.  A small comparative study in the village (described below in connection with the Seven Site) was aborted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Underwater Survey=  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had visually inspected the Nutiran reef down to about 40 meters, but were thoroughly uninformed about what lay at greater depths.  To search this area, we entered into a contract with Seabotix, Inc. to deploy a ____ remotely operated vehicle (ROV) equipped with (describe).  The ROV had a maximum operating depth of 300 meters.  A search area was established running ____ meters along the reef and extending to a depth of 300 meters.  Seabotix also provided an autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) for use in the lagoon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Excavations at the Seven Site=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Research Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation strategy involved laying out a series of parallel 2-meter-wide &amp;quot;lanes&amp;quot; running along the axis of the surge ridge and excavating these to 10 cm. depth by trowel.  This operation, involving the whole team working on a sort of skirmish line, was referred to colloquially as &amp;quot;Rolling Thunder.&amp;quot;  A total station established over permanent datum 3 (as established in 2001) would be used to shoot in locations of all apparently significant artifacts and features encountered.  Material like shell, animal bones, and the ubiquitous fragments of corrugated and other iron would be collected by 2-meter lane sections, and a running sketch-plan would be maintained of each lane.  A video record would be kept of the whole operation, employing a photo tower constructed near the southeast edge of the site, and once cleared, the site would be imaged repeatedly using kite aerial photography (KAP).  Artifacts or bones that might contain DNA would be collected under sterile conditions.  Once Taylor Keen and the ground-penetrating radar (GPR) arrived on the second ship, GPR would be used to scan the site beyond the excavated area; the daylight ultraviolet (UV) scanner employed in 2007 would also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Team Assignments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tom King was in overall charge of Seven Site operations, assisted by Gary Quigg and Meg Lickliter-Mundon.  Tom Roberts and Meg Lickliter-Mundon handled the total station, and Meg also was responsible for the recovery, labeling and bagging of specific artifacts, including those recovered in accordance with the DNA protocol.  Bill Carter and Karl Kern comprised what we called the &amp;quot;Dynamic Duo&amp;quot; team, using chain saws and loppers to cut a broad avenue (the &amp;quot;Carter-Kern Highway&amp;quot; southeast of the apparent site boundary for about 50 meters along the ridge crest and then eastward to the beach; this permitted intensive inspection of a sample of the ridge beyond our major search area, and facilitated the removal of cut Scaevola.  Taylor Keen was in charge of GPR.  Jon Overholt and Karl Kern too charge of tree-ring boring (discussed below).  Andrew McKenna handled the UV scanner.  In addition to his responsibilities as expedition leader, Ric Gillespie led a systematic search of coconut crab lairs northwest of the main excavation area, in the event these might contain bones carried to them by their occupants, and conducted period metal detector sweeps of areas under investigation.  Mark Smith conducted video documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fieldwork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Work began as usual with a brush-clearing operation.  [[Scaevola]] was cut using pneumatic loppers and chain saws, and carried to a slash pile on the lagoon shore.  Once the Dynamic Duo had opened the Carter-Kern Highway, [[Scaevola]] was also carried to the ocean beach.  We opened up an area embracing all the areas previously inspected in 2001 and 2007, and extending somewhat farther along the ridge to the southeast.  Trees that were not [[Scaevola]] were left in place.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the basic working area was cleared, we laid out a 15-meter base line (a nylon rope staked at both ends) perpendicular to the axis of the ridge, just northwest of the &amp;quot;Big Ren&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; units excavated in 2001.  The baseline rope had nylon strings attached every 2 meters.  Stretched out perpendicular to the base line and staked, these formed seven 2-meter-wide lanes, designated Lanes A through G.  Two team members then took each lane and began systematically troweling toward the southeast, stripping the surface down to 10 cm. depth.  Each &amp;quot;lane team&amp;quot; was responsible for keeping a running record of its observations, using standard &amp;quot;lane forms,&amp;quot; for collecting ecofacts and such common artifacts as ferrous fragments by 2-meter segment and/or by observable feature, and for calling on Meg and Tom to record specific locations and recover artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As work progressed, at Megan&#039;s suggestion two more lanes, L and L-2, were laid out perpendicular to lanes A through G at the southeast edge of the site, and excavated in the same manner as the other lanes.  A standard 2x2M unit was added to the block of &amp;quot;SL&amp;quot; units dug in 2007.  Another group of units was excavated beyond the L and L-2 lanes to explore a metal detector hit at the head of the Carter-Kern Highway; these were designated the X-units.  GPR, UV, and metal detector scans were conducted in 15x15 meter blocks NW and SE of the main study area; shovel test pits and one 1x2M unit were dug to explore apparent GPR anomalies.  Figure XXXX is a map of all excavations and related scans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe Results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ground-Penetrating Radar and Ultraviolet Scanning==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tree Borings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gallagher, it will be recalled, described the bones found in 1940 as lying under a &#039;&#039;ren&#039;&#039; ([[Tournefortia]]) tree.  We were curious to determine whether the &amp;quot;Big &#039;&#039;Ren&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; at the Seven Site might be old enough to be Gallagher&#039;s &#039;&#039;ren.&#039;&#039;  It is generally understood that dendrochronology works poorly if at all in the Pacific, because trees do not lay on annular rings that reflect seasonal changes.  However, we thought that trees on Nikumaroro might reflect periods of drought in their ring structure, and that these might be dated using historical records. Accordingly, we undertook a systematic program of tree-boring, using equipment generously loaned by the University of Maryland Department of _______.  In all, five &#039;&#039;rens&#039;&#039; were bored -- the Big &#039;&#039;Ren&#039;&#039; plus four smaller trees found by the Dynamic Duo along and rather beyond the Carter-Kern Highway (Insert map of trees).  In addition, two sections were cut from a large dead ren ___ meters north of the Big &#039;&#039;Ren&#039;&#039;.  The resulting cores and sections were processed by Taylor Keen of the University of Maryland..... (describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search of Crab Burrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ancillary Activities=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Checking Google Earth Hot Spots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several people had contacted TIGHAR over the months prior to the expedition reporting things they had seen while examining imagery of Nikumaroro on Google Earth.  One report, by _______, was of what appeared to be block capital letters spelling out &amp;quot;ELP,&amp;quot; with what might have been a muddled &amp;quot;H&amp;quot; to their left, made up of rocks in the bottom of one of the small ponds near the Loran Station site on Ameriki.  Mr. _____ also thought he could see something shaped like the Electra in the lagoon, and kindly provided us with precise coordinates.  Although Jeff Glickmann warned us that the perceived anomalies were artifacts of satellite imaging technology, several team members nevertheless spent part of our one &amp;quot;off&amp;quot; day examining the locations; we also had the AUV survey the vicinity of the ostensible Electra.  Nothing was observed in either location, or found in metal detecting.  The &amp;quot;Electra&amp;quot; location had a number of near-surface coral heads, but nothing that appeared to be structural or that triggered a response from a metal detector.  The AUV also detected nothing at this location.  The shallow pond at Ameriki contained shelving coral, but no stone features of any kind.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seeking a Comparative Fire Feature==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although data are available from other Pacific island archaeological contexts comparable to the bone-rich fire features of the Seven Site, we hoped to be able to find a fire feature in the colonial village whose excavation would provide a more direct comparative sample.  With this in mind, and Laxton&#039;s 1949 map of house plots in hand, Gary Quigg and Lonnie Schorer, assisted by Megan Likliter-Mundon and Ric Gillespie, set out up the Sir Harry Luke Avenue to find the house sites of early colonists _____ and ______.  The hope was to locate and excavate their cookhouses.  Unfortunately, it turned out that the property boundary markers along the avenue were for the most part badly disturbed and obscured by tree growth; the very clearly delineated example we found in 1997 (which we relocated) being an exception to the rule.  Even when approximate house sites were identified, it proved impossible in the time we had available to locate any cookhouse sites.  It did appear, however, that each house site typically had at least one small but very dense cluster of coconut palms, and it finally dawned on us that these might represent cookhouses, with vigorous tree growth stimulated by decaying organic material and wood ash.  Without major defoliation of the house sites, however, it was impossible to verify whether this was the case, and the search for a comparative fire feature was abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6444</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6444"/>
		<updated>2011-05-17T00:26:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Added to description of expedition&amp;#039;s work&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Graham Berwind; Bill Carter; Art Carty; Janis Carty; [[John Clauss]]; [[Ric Gillespie]]; Walt Holm; Taylor Keen; Karl Kern; [[Tom King]]; Dan Lann; Megan Lickliter-Mundon; Andrew McKenna; Jon Overholt; Gary Quigg; Tom Roberts; Jesse Rodocker; Leonid Sagalovsky; Lonnie Schorer; Mark Smith; Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2010 expedition was divided into two parts: robotic exploration of the Nuritan reef face and the lagoon, and terrestrial archaeology at the Seven Site.  A small comparative study in the village (described below in connection with the Seven Site) was aborted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Underwater Survey=  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had visually inspected the Nutiran reef down to about 40 meters, but were thoroughly uninformed about what lay at greater depths.  To search this area, we entered into a contract with Seabotix, Inc. to deploy a ____ remotely operated vehicle (ROV) equipped with (describe).  The ROV had a maximum operating depth of 300 meters.  A search area was established running ____ meters along the reef and extending to a depth of 300 meters.  Seabotix also provided an autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) for use in the lagoon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Excavations at the Seven Site=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Research Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation strategy involved laying out a series of parallel 2-meter-wide &amp;quot;lanes&amp;quot; running along the axis of the surge ridge and excavating these to 10 cm. depth by trowel.  This operation, involving the whole team working on a sort of skirmish line, was referred to colloquially as &amp;quot;Rolling Thunder.&amp;quot;  A total station established over permanent datum 3 (as established in 2001) would be used to shoot in locations of all apparently significant artifacts and features encountered.  Material like shell, animal bones, and the ubiquitous fragments of corrugated and other iron would be collected by 2-meter lane sections, and a running sketch-plan would be maintained of each lane.  A video record would be kept of the whole operation, employing a photo tower constructed near the southeast edge of the site, and once cleared, the site would be imaged repeatedly using kite aerial photography (KAP).  Artifacts or bones that might contain DNA would be collected under sterile conditions.  Once Taylor Keen and the ground-penetrating radar (GPR) arrived on the second ship, GPR would be used to scan the site beyond the excavated area; the daylight ultraviolet (UV) scanner employed in 2007 would also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Team Assignments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tom King was in overall charge of Seven Site operations, assisted by Gary Quigg and Meg Lickliter-Mundon.  Tom Roberts and Meg Lickliter-Mundon handled the total station, and Meg also was responsible for the recovery, labeling and bagging of specific artifacts, including those recovered in accordance with the DNA protocol.  Bill Carter and Karl Kern comprised what we called the &amp;quot;Dynamic Duo&amp;quot; team, using chain saws and loppers to cut a broad avenue (the &amp;quot;Carter-Kern Highway&amp;quot; southeast of the apparent site boundary for about 50 meters along the ridge crest and then eastward to the beach; this permitted intensive inspection of a sample of the ridge beyond our major search area, and facilitated the removal of cut Scaevola.  Taylor Keen was in charge of GPR.  Jon Overholt and Karl Kern too charge of tree-ring boring (discussed below).  Andrew McKenna handled the UV scanner.  In addition to his responsibilities as expedition leader, Ric Gillespie led a systematic search of coconut crab lairs northwest of the main excavation area, in the event these might contain bones carried to them by their occupants, and conducted period metal detector sweeps of areas under investigation.  Mark Smith conducted video documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fieldwork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Work began as usual with a brush-clearing operation.  [[Scaevola]] was cut using pneumatic loppers and chain saws, and carried to a slash pile on the lagoon shore.  Once the Dynamic Duo had opened the Carter-Kern Highway, [[Scaevola]] was also carried to the ocean beach.  We opened up an area embracing all the areas previously inspected in 2001 and 2007, and extending somewhat farther along the ridge to the southeast.  Trees that were not [[Scaevola]] were left in place.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the basic working area was cleared, we laid out a 15-meter base line (a nylon rope staked at both ends) perpendicular to the axis of the ridge, just northwest of the &amp;quot;Big Ren&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; units excavated in 2001.  The baseline rope had nylon strings attached every 2 meters.  Stretched out perpendicular to the base line and staked, these formed seven 2-meter-wide lanes, designated Lanes A through G.  Two team members then took each lane and began systematically troweling toward the southeast, stripping the surface down to 10 cm. depth.  Each &amp;quot;lane team&amp;quot; was responsible for keeping a running record of its observations, using standard &amp;quot;lane forms,&amp;quot; for collecting ecofacts and such common artifacts as ferrous fragments by 2-meter segment and/or by observable feature, and for calling on Meg and Tom to record specific locations and recover artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As work progressed, at Megan&#039;s suggestion two more lanes, L and L-2, were laid out perpendicular to lanes A through G at the southeast edge of the site, and excavated in the same manner as the other lanes.  A standard 2x2M unit was added to the block of &amp;quot;SL&amp;quot; units dug in 2007.  Another group of units was excavated beyond the L and L-2 lanes to explore a metal detector hit at the head of the Carter-Kern Highway; these were designated the X-units.  GPR, UV, and metal detector scans were conducted in 15x15 meter blocks NW and SE of the main study area; shovel test pits and one 1x2M unit were dug to explore apparent GPR anomalies.  Figure XXXX is a map of all excavations and related scans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe Results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ground-Penetrating Radar and Ultraviolet Scanning==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tree Borings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gallagher, it will be recalled, described the bones found in 1940 as lying under a &#039;&#039;ren&#039;&#039; ([[Tournefortia]]) tree.  We were curious to determine whether the &amp;quot;Big &#039;&#039;Ren&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; at the Seven Site might be old enough to be Gallagher&#039;s &#039;&#039;ren.&#039;&#039;  It is generally understood that dendrochronology works poorly if at all in the Pacific, because trees do not lay on annular rings that reflect seasonal changes.  However, we thought that trees on Nikumaroro might reflect periods of drought in their ring structure, so we undertook a systematic program of tree-boring, using equipment generously loaned by the University of Maryland Department of _______.  In all, five &#039;&#039;rens&#039;&#039; were bored -- the Big &#039;&#039;Ren&#039;&#039; plus four smaller trees found by the Dynamic Duo along and rather beyond the Carter-Kern Highway (Insert map of trees).  In addition, two sections were cut from a large dead ren ___ meters north of the Big Ren.  The resulting cores and sections were processed by Taylor Keen of the University of Maryland..... (describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Search of Crab Burrows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ancillary Activities=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Checking Google Earth Hot Spots==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several people had contacted TIGHAR over the months prior to the expedition reporting things they had seen while examining imagery of Nikumaroro on Google Earth.  One report, by _______, was of what appeared to be block capital letters spelling out &amp;quot;ELP,&amp;quot; with what might have been a muddled &amp;quot;H&amp;quot; to their left, made up of rocks in the bottom of one of the small ponds near the Loran Station site on Ameriki.  Mr. _____ also thought he could see something shaped like the Electra in the lagoon, and kindly provided us with precise coordinates.  Although Jeff Glickmann warned us that the perceived anomalies were artifacts of satellite imaging technology, several team members nevertheless spent part of our one &amp;quot;off&amp;quot; day examining the locations; we also had the AUV survey the vicinity of the ostensible Electra.  Nothing was observed in either location, or found in metal detecting.  The &amp;quot;Electra&amp;quot; location had a number of near-surface coral heads, but nothing that appeared to be structural or that triggered a response from a metal detector.  The AUV also detected nothing at this location.  The shallow pond at Ameriki contained shelving coral, but no stone features of any kind.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seeking a Comparative Fire Feature==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although data are available from other Pacific island archaeological contexts comparable to the bone-rich fire features of the Seven Site, we hoped to be able to find a fire feature in the colonial village whose excavation would provide a more direct comparative sample.  With this in mind, and Laxton&#039;s 1949 map of house plots in hand, Gary Quigg and Lonnie Schorer, assisted by Megan Likliter-Mundon and Ric Gillespie, set out up the Sir Harry Luke Avenue to find the house sites of early colonists _____ and ______.  The hope was to locate and excavate their cookhouses.  Unfortunately, it turned out that the property boundary markers along the avenue were for the most part badly disturbed and obscured by tree growth; the very clearly delineated example we found in 1997 (which we relocated) being an exception to the rule.  Even when approximate house sites were identified, it proved impossible in the time we had available to locate any cookhouse sites.  It did appear, however, that each house site typically had at least one small but very dense cluster of coconut palms, and it finally dawned on us that these might represent cookhouses, with vigorous tree growth stimulated by decaying organic material and wood ash.  Without major defoliation of the house sites, however, it was impossible to verify whether this was the case, and the search for a comparative fire feature was abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6443</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6443"/>
		<updated>2011-05-16T23:52:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Graham Berwind; Bill Carter; Art Carty; Janis Carty; [[John Clauss]]; [[Ric Gillespie]]; Walt Holm; Taylor Keen; Karl Kern; [[Tom King]]; Dan Lann; Megan Lickliter-Mundon; Andrew McKenna; Jon Overholt; Gary Quigg; Tom Roberts; Jesse Rodocker; Leonid Sagalovsky; Lonnie Schorer; Mark Smith; Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2010 expedition was divided into two parts: robotic exploration of the Nuritan reef face and the lagoon, and terrestrial archaeology at the Seven Site.  A small comparative study in the village (described below in connection with the Seven Site) was aborted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Underwater Survey==  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We had visually inspected the Nutiran reef down to about 40 meters, but were thoroughly uninformed about what lay at greater depths.  To search this area, we entered into a contract with Seabotix, Inc. to deploy a ____ remotely operated vehicle (ROV) equipped with (describe).  The ROV had a maximum operating depth of 300 meters.  A search area was established running ____ meters along the reef and extending to a depth of 300 meters.  Seabotix also provided an autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) for use in the lagoon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Describe results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Excavations at the Seven Site==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Research Design=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things about the site, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation strategy involved laying out a series of parallel 2-meter-wide &amp;quot;lanes&amp;quot; running along the axis of the surge ridge and excavating these to 10 cm. depth by trowel.  This operation, involving the whole team working on a sort of skirmish line, was referred to colloquially as &amp;quot;Rolling Thunder.&amp;quot;  A total station established over permanent datum 3 (as established in 2001) would be used to shoot in locations of all apparently significant artifacts and features encountered.  Material like shell, animal bones, and the ubiquitous fragments of corrugated and other iron would be collected by 2-meter lane sections, and a running sketch-plan would be maintained of each lane.  A video record would be kept of the whole operation, employing a photo tower constructed near the southeast edge of the site, and once cleared, the site would be imaged repeatedly using kite aerial photography (KAP).  Artifacts or bones that might contain DNA would be collected under sterile conditions.  Once Taylor Keen and the ground-penetrating radar (GPR) arrived on the second ship, GPR would be used to scan the site beyond the excavated area; the daylight ultraviolet (UV) scanner employed in 2007 would also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Team Assignments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tom King was in overall charge of Seven Site operations, assisted by Gary Quigg and Meg Lickliter-Mundon.  Tom Roberts and Meg Lickliter-Mundon handled the total station, and Meg also was responsible for the recovery, labeling and bagging of specific artifacts, including those recovered in accordance with the DNA protocol.  Bill Carter and Karl Kern comprised what we called the &amp;quot;Dynamic Duo&amp;quot; team, using chain saws and loppers to cut a broad avenue (the &amp;quot;Carter-Kern Highway&amp;quot; southeast of the apparent site boundary for about 50 meters along the ridge crest and then eastward to the beach; this permitted intensive inspection of a sample of the ridge beyond our major search area, and facilitated the removal of cut Scaevola.  Taylor Keen was in charge of GPR.  Jon Overholt and Karl Kern too charge of tree-ring boring (discussed below).  Andrew McKenna handled the UV scanner.  In addition to his responsibilities as expedition leader, Ric Gillespie led a systematic search of coconut crab lairs northwest of the main excavation area, in the event these might contain bones carried to them by their occupants, and conducted period metal detector sweeps of areas under investigation.  Mark Smith conducted video documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fieldwork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Work began as usual with a brush-clearing operation.  [[Scaevola]] was cut using pneumatic loppers and chain saws, and carried to a slash pile on the lagoon shore.  Once the Dynamic Duo had opened the Carter-Kern Highway, [[Scaevola]] was also carried to the ocean beach.  We opened up an area embracing all the areas previously inspected in 2001 and 2007, and extending somewhat farther along the ridge to the southeast.  Trees that were not [[Scaevola]] were left in place.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the basic working area was cleared, we laid out a 15-meter base line (a nylon rope staked at both ends) perpendicular to the axis of the ridge, just northwest of the &amp;quot;Big Ren&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; units excavated in 2001.  The baseline rope had nylon strings attached every 2 meters.  Stretched out perpendicular to the base line and staked, these formed seven 2-meter-wide lanes, designated Lanes A through G.  Two team members then took each lane and began systematically troweling toward the southeast, stripping the surface down to 10 cm. depth.  Each &amp;quot;lane team&amp;quot; was responsible for keeping a running record of its observations, using standard &amp;quot;lane forms,&amp;quot; for collecting ecofacts and such common artifacts as ferrous fragments by 2-meter segment and/or by observable feature, and for calling on Meg and Tom to record specific locations and recover artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As work progressed, at Megan&#039;s suggestion two more lanes, L and L-2, were laid out perpendicular to lanes A through G at the southeast edge of the site, and excavated in the same manner as the other lanes.  A standard 2x2M unit was added to the block of &amp;quot;SL&amp;quot; units dug in 2007.  Another group of units was excavated beyond the L and L-2 lanes to explore a metal detector hit at the head of the Carter-Kern Highway; these were designated the X-units.  GPR, UV, and metal detector scans were conducted in 15x15 meter blocks NW and SE of the main study area; shovel test pits and one 1x2M unit were dug to explore apparent GPR anomalies.  Figure XXXX is a map of all excavations and related scans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6433</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6433"/>
		<updated>2011-05-04T09:44:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Graham Berwind; Bill Carter; Art Carty; Janis Carty; [[John Clauss]]; [[Ric Gillespie]]; Walt Holm; Taylor Keen; Karl Kern; [[Tom King]]; Dan Lann; Megan Lickliter-Mundon; Andrew McKenna; Jon Overholt; Gary Quigg; Tom Roberts; Jesse Rodocker; Leonid Sagalovsky; Lonnie Schorer; Mark Smith; Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Research Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things about the site, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation strategy involved laying out a series of parallel 2-meter-wide &amp;quot;lanes&amp;quot; running along the axis of the surge ridge and excavating these to 10 cm. depth by trowel.  This operation, involving the whole team working on a sort of skirmish line, was referred to colloquially as &amp;quot;Rolling Thunder.&amp;quot;  A total station established over permanent datum 3 (as established in 2001) would be used to shoot in locations of all apparently significant artifacts and features encountered.  Material like shell, animal bones, and the ubiquitous fragments of corrugated and other iron would be collected by 2-meter lane sections, and a running sketch-plan would be maintained of each lane.  A video record would be kept of the whole operation, employing a photo tower constructed near the southeast edge of the site, and once cleared, the site would be imaged repeatedly using kite aerial photography (KAP).  Artifacts or bones that might contain DNA would be collected under sterile conditions.  Once Taylor Keen and the ground-penetrating radar (GPR) arrived on the second ship, GPR would be used to scan the site beyond the excavated area; the daylight ultraviolet (UV) scanner employed in 2007 would also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Team Assignments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tom King was in overall charge of Seven Site operations, assisted by Gary Quigg and Meg Lickliter-Mundon.  Tom Roberts and Meg Lickliter-Mundon handled the total station, and Meg also was responsible for the recovery, labeling and bagging of specific artifacts, including those recovered in accordance with the DNA protocol.  Bill Carter and Karl Kern comprised what we called the &amp;quot;Dynamic Duo&amp;quot; team, using chain saws and loppers to cut a broad avenue (the &amp;quot;Carter-Kern Highway&amp;quot; southeast of the apparent site boundary for about 50 meters along the ridge crest and then eastward to the beach; this permitted intensive inspection of a sample of the ridge beyond our major search area, and facilitated the removal of cut Scaevola.  Taylor Keen was in charge of GPR.  Jon Overholt and Karl Kern too charge of tree-ring boring (discussed below).  Andrew McKenna handled the UV scanner.  In addition to his responsibilities as expedition leader, Ric Gillespie led a systematic search of coconut crab lairs northwest of the main excavation area, in the event these might contain bones carried to them by their occupants, and conducted period metal detector sweeps of areas under investigation.  Mark Smith conducted video documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fieldwork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Work began as usual with a brush-clearing operation.  [[Scaevola]] was cut using pneumatic loppers and chain saws, and carried to a slash pile on the lagoon shore.  Once the Dynamic Duo had opened the Carter-Kern Highway, [[Scaevola]] was also carried to the ocean beach.  We opened up an area embracing all the areas previously inspected in 2001 and 2007, and extending somewhat farther along the ridge to the southeast.  Trees that were not [[Scaevola]] were left in place.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the basic working area was cleared, we laid out a 15-meter base line (a nylon rope staked at both ends) perpendicular to the axis of the ridge, just northwest of the &amp;quot;Big Ren&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; units excavated in 2001.  The baseline rope had nylon strings attached every 2 meters.  Stretched out perpendicular to the base line and staked, these formed seven 2-meter-wide lanes, designated Lanes A through G.  Two team members then took each lane and began systematically troweling toward the southeast, stripping the surface down to 10 cm. depth.  Each &amp;quot;lane team&amp;quot; was responsible for keeping a running record of its observations, using standard &amp;quot;lane forms,&amp;quot; for collecting ecofacts and such common artifacts as ferrous fragments by 2-meter segment and/or by observable feature, and for calling on Meg and Tom to record specific locations and recover artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As work progressed, at Megan&#039;s suggestion two more lanes, L and L-2, were laid out perpendicular to lanes A through G at the southeast edge of the site, and excavated in the same manner as the other lanes.  A standard 2x2M unit was added to the block of &amp;quot;SL&amp;quot; units dug in 2007.  Another group of units was excavated beyond the L and L-2 lanes to explore a metal detector hit at the head of the Carter-Kern Highway; these were designated the X-units.  GPR, UV, and metal detector scans were conducted in 15x15 meter blocks NW and SE of the main study area; shovel test pits and one 1x2M unit were dug to explore apparent GPR anomalies.  Figure XXXX is a map of all excavations and related scans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_IIII_(2001)&amp;diff=6432</id>
		<title>Niku IIII (2001)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_IIII_(2001)&amp;diff=6432"/>
		<updated>2011-05-01T00:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Pasted in 2001 report on Seven and Triangle&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Courage is the price.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Why is it Niku IIII instead of Niku IV? It&#039;s not that we don&#039;t quite grasp the Roman Numeral system (really, it&#039;s not). It&#039;s purely a marketing ploy. On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Niku IIII&#039;&#039;&#039; logo the four &amp;quot;I&amp;quot;s are represented as slashes as if made by the claws of a tiger ([[TIGHAR]]). Maybe it &amp;quot;works,&amp;quot; maybe it doesn&#039;t, but we&#039;re sorta stuck with it.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/forum/Highlights81_100/highlights100.html Ric Gillespie 7 August 2000 Forum.]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Publications/TTracks/13_1/nikuiiii.html Preliminary plans.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIIII/NikuIIIIsumm.html &amp;quot;A Summary from a Jet-Lagged Perspective.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIIII/NikuIIIIdailies.html Daily updates.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Help/help.html Help wanted with artifact analysis.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/23_SevenSite/23_SevenSite.html &amp;quot;The Seven Site.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/store/index.php?route=product/product&amp;amp;path=36&amp;amp;product_id=97]--video taken from a helicopter that arrived unexpectedly from a nearby tuna boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fieldwork 2001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fieldwork in 2001 was focused on three locations, at opposite ends of the island.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Seven Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;bones&amp;quot; files found by Peter MacQuarrie in the [[Kiribati]] National Archives in 1997, and the detailed documentation of the 1940 bones discovery subsequently located in the Western Pacific High Commission archives in England, had led us to take another look at the site cursorily examined in 1996 at the southeast end of the island.  Now called the &amp;quot;Seven Site&amp;quot; because of its association with a natural seven-shaped clearing in the scaevola, it had several things to recommend it as the site of the 1940 discovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. It was near the southeast end of the island, as Gallagher had specified.&lt;br /&gt;
2. It had clearly been the scene of some kind of activity during the colonial period -- perhaps the &amp;quot;detailed search&amp;quot; that Gallagher was directed to make, or whatever activities had led to discovery of the bones.&lt;br /&gt;
3. A 1941 U.S. Navy airphoto of the island showed evidence that vegetation had been cleared there -- again perhaps reflective of the search or some other colonial land-use activity.&lt;br /&gt;
4. There was a hole in the ground on the site, which conceivably could be where the cranium was buried and then excavated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So a major purpose of the 2001 expedition was to clear scaevola from the vicinity of the hole and then re-excavate it and its backdirt pile, in case teeth had been lost from the cranium and wound up there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Triangle Site&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In examining the satellite image obtained before fieldwork began (See below), we noticed a roughly triangular area of high-canopy forest in an area that otherwise appeared to have been cleared and overgrown in [[scaevola]].  This site was directly across the lagoon from the Seven Site, and therefore, like the Seven Site, could be said to be at the southeast end of the island.  We speculated that perhaps this was actually where the bones were found, and that it had been left alone while nearby areas were bulldozed (presumably during the Coast Guard&#039;s stay on the island) because of its association with the bones.  It was even possible to imagine the discussions leading to its not being bulldozed as the source of Floyd Kilts&#039; story.  So a survey of what we came to call the &amp;quot;Triangle Site&amp;quot; was scheduled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nutiran &amp;quot;Grave&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1999 fieldwork, a standing coral slab resembling a traditional I [[Kiribati]] gravestone had been recorded on the Nutiran shore, not far from the &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039;.  Thinking that this might represent the skeleton reported by [[Emily Sikuli (Tapania Taiki)‎| Emily Sikuli]] to have been found in the vicinity, we proposed to excavate this location; permission to examine any human remains found there was granted by the government of [[Kiribati]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lagoon and Reef&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking the kinds of airplane parts reported by Tapania Taiki and her father, further underwater surveys were planned along the Nutiran-Ritiati reef face, and in the north end of the lagoon -- the latter involving both diving and wading metal-detecting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Satellite Photo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leading up to the 2001 expedition, TIGHAR was able to obtain a high resolution satellite photo of Nikumaroro that proved to be an excellent research tool for locating specific areas of the island, particularly the 7 site. Upon examination of the area North of the wreck of the &#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039;, a particularly unusual rusty colored area revealed itself, and became a focus of attention and excitement leading up to the expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/images/5/51/Nikucolor.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==GPS Data and the Start of the NIku GIS Project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NIKU IIII was the the first year during which multiple Expedition Team Members brought with them handheld personal GPS units (was it?) .  Many waypoints were logged during the trip and collated after the expedition.  The data has been overlaid by James Thompson of Select GIS Services onto a copy of the second 2001 Sat photo (post expedition) as you will see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/images/d/d1/GIS_Niku_GPS_Mstr-1.png&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And also overlaid onto this outline of the satellite photo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Niku GPS Mstr2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of fieldwork at the Seven Site are detailed at (LINK).  Results of the Triangle Site survey are given at (LINK).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A 2x2 meter square was excavated at the Nutiran &amp;quot;grave&amp;quot; site to a depth of two meters, and exposed only natural stratigraphy resulting from repeated overflooding events.  We concluded that the standing stone was in fact a property boundary marker.  The excavation was backfilled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Divers excamined the reef face from landing channel, to the wreck of the &#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039;, and all the way up to near the NE corner of the island from the surf line down to a depth of about 20 meters (60 Ft) including the many &amp;quot;canyons&amp;quot; in the reef face.  The &amp;quot;rusty&amp;quot; colored area of interest seen in the satellite photo turned out to be a shallow shelf of coral that was covered in reddish algae.  The underwater search  Results were negative with exception of the obvious debris field directly down slope from the remains of the &#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039; shipwreck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Divers and waders examined and metal-detected the shallows of the northern lagoon, also with generally negative results.  Much of the northern end of the lagoon was inspected by two divers towed behind the aluminum skiff using Manta boards to skim the bottom of the lagoon.  A truck wheel and tire were recorded, and a stainless steel exhaust manifold of a B-24 was recovered.  Both are interpreted as trash from the later colonial village period; the Loran Station was equipped with a truck, and we have found other B-24 parts in the village, probably from a crash site on Canton Island, where some of the Nikumaroro colonists were employed in the 1940s and 50s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Karen R. Burns, Ph.D.]]&lt;br /&gt;
* William M. Carter&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Richard B. Gifford&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Richard Walter Holm&lt;br /&gt;
* Van T. Hunn, Col. USAF (ret.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Christopher N. Kennedy&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]]&lt;br /&gt;
* James Morrissey&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Andrew M. McKenna]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary F. Quigg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Seven Site==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Note:  The following text was prepared by Tom King as a preliminary report immediately after the expedition&#039;s return)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Introduction&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Seven Site –so named because it abuts a natural clearing in the te Mao that has the shape of a crude numeral “7” – also lies at the southeast end of the island.  Strictly speaking it is on the north shore of the southeast end, not on the southeastern shore, but there is no reason to assume that Gallagher felt compelled to report such fine distinctions.  Airphotos show that the Seven Site vicinity was cleared in 1941, about the time Gallagher would have been conducting the “intensive search” of the bones site that the High Commissioner’s office told him to carry out.  Paul Laxton (1951) says that in 1949 there was a “house built for Gallagher” on land cleared from the lagoon to the ocean shore in this vicinity.  A land parcel at approximately the location of the Seven Site was reserved for government, or for Gallagher himself, on maps of land divisions as late as the 1950s, over a decade after Gallagher’s death .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Seven Site first came to TIGHAR’s attention through reports by former members of the U.S. Coast Guard Loran unit on the island during World War II.  Dr. Richard Evans and Mr. Herb Moffitt reported seeing a tank used as part of a water collection device, unknown to the I Kiribati colonists, in the general area (c.f., King et al 2001:117-8).  Thinking the tank might be from Earhart’s Electra, and represent an Earhart/Noonan campsite, TIGHAR searched for it unsuccessfully during the 1991 expedition (c.f., King et al 2001:121-2).  In 1996, after finding the image of something that might be the tank on a 1941 air photo, TIGHAR revisited the area and this time found the tank (c.f., King et al., 2001:151-6).  The tank, about a meter square, was (and is) made of steel, and bore the name of the Tarawa Police.  Nearby were bird bones, a roll of green asphalt siding, and a hole in the ground measuring about 1.5 meter in diameter, together with a piece of copper hardware cloth, a 30 caliber cartridge, a white stoneware plate sherd, and other artifacts clearly of either colonial or Coast Guard origin. Concluding that the site had nothing to do with Earhart, TIGHAR gave it no further consideration until the bones discovery papers came to light in 1998.  Faced now with a documented discovery of bones in an apparent campsite on the southeast corner of the island, and the coincidence of Gallagher’s intensive search with the photo-documented clearance of land at the Seven Site, TIGHAR had to reconsider its dismissal of the site from investigation.  Perhaps, we thought, the tank and other colonial-era objects were the remains of the intensive search, in support of which a “house” might even have been “built for Gallagher” – especially since Gallagher’s quarterly report for the end of 1940 indicates severe inclement weather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This line of reasoning drew attention to the hole in the Seven Site.  Gallagher says that when the bones were discovered, several months before his own relocation to the island from Manra, the cranium was buried, apparently at the direction of Native Magistrate Koata.  Although Koata had left the island by the time Gallagher learned of the discovery, and Gallagher did not immediately excavate the cranium, he says in one of his initial telegrams that “many teeth are present.”   After excavating the cranium, and the intensive search, he reports only five teeth, all in the mandible.  Perhaps, we reasoned, the hole in the Seven Site was where the cranium had been buried and subsequently exhumed.  Perhaps “many teeth” had been present in the cranium when it went into the ground, but not when it came out.  If this were true, these teeth – excellent reservoirs of mitochondrial DNA – might still be in the hole or its backdirt pile.  The Seven Site, and its hole, thus became a major focus of the 2001expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Study Approach&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 Using satellite imagery and Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) navigation, we cut through the te Mao from the lagoon shore to the “7” – a long-persisting natural clearing – and then backtracked to find the hole and tank.  These features were separated from the “7” by about thirty meters of very dense te Mao.  We began clearing along a ten-meter front, beginning at the outward (southern) tip of the “7’s” top member, proceeding southerly.  Clearing was accomplished using chainsaw, bush knives, loppers, and much tedious hauling and piling of green and dead te Mao.  Cut material, which developed into quite major piles, was heaped in the “7” itself.  Reaching the tank, we widened the cut to about twenty meters to clear its vicinity and that of the hole.  Later another cut was made to the west to open up whatwe called the Morrissey Locus after its discoverer, expedition medic Jim Morrissey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As clearing progressed, the topography of the site, hitherto obscured by the vegetation, became clear.  Just south of the “7,”and more or less parallel with its long limb, is a low ridge with a maximum elevation of about 3.5 meters above sea level.  The ground drops off to the south-southwest, about a meter, to the level of the tank and hole.  It then continues to drop gently to the lagoon shore, a total distance of about 200 meters from the ocean-side high tide line.  The microclimatic difference between the ridge and the tank/hole vicinity is marked.  Temperatures at the site routinely ran in the high 90s (f), and temperatures of 110 degrees (f) were not uncommon, even in the shade, but the prevailing trade winds kept the ridge relatively pleasant while the tank/hole area was always baking hot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ridge also benefited from the presence of several good-sized te Ren and te Uri. About fifty meters northwest of the &amp;quot;7” a stand of large, apparently old-growth te Buka begins, which runs for perhaps half a kilometer up the spine of the island.  Air photos suggest that this forest may have extended across the Seven Site (though not across the “7”) in 1938. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the ridge was so (relatively) pleasant, it naturally became the place to which team members gravitated to cool off during rest breaks.  This led to the discovery of fish, bird, and turtle bones just under the forest-floor duff, together with an elongate cluster of giant clam (Tridacna gigas) valves.  Since Gallagher had described the bones discovery site as including the remains of bird, fish, and turtle, the ridge naturally became an important focus of our attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually, we excavated and/or carried out intensive surface examinations in five loci – the Hole Locus, the Tank Locus, the Ridge Locus, the Slope Locus, and the Morrissey Locus.  At each locus, work was carried out under tarpaulin sunscreens constructed by expedition medic James Morrissey, which proved remarkably capable not only of making work bearable in the blazing sun but of standing up through frequent gusty rain squalls.  In addition to controlled work in specific loci, all cleared areas were mapped and swept with metal detectors, and a good deal of informal reconnaissance was done in the te Mao to the southeast and the te Buka forest to the northwest.  Reconnaissance was also carried out for comparative purposes at the Ameriki Loran Station Site, at Karaka Village on Ritiati, and among the house sites on the Nutiran shore.  Reconnaissance was also carried out along the lagoon shore, and along the route of an apparent trail that appears in a 1938 air photo between the Seven Site and the lagoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptions and preliminary observations are provided below, organized largely by locus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hole Locus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
After surface mapping and photography, -- during which a white stoneware plate sherd decorated with the U.S. Coast Guard emblem was found and recovered -- the backdirt pile from the hole, which was quite evident to the south and southeast of the hole itself, was excavated and passed first through ¼” and then through 1/8” screen.   It should be said, however, that much of the material both in the Hole Locus and elsewhere did not pass through the screen at all, since it comprised finger-sized to fist-sized pieces of coral rubble.  The hole and its backdirt were particularly rubbly, with a very light humic content.  Once the backdirt pile had been removed, the same system of excavation was applied to 2 x 2.5-meter rectangle enclosing the hole itself, subdivided into quarters.  All material caught in screens was carefully inspected by daylight, and everything that passed the ¼” screen but was caught in the 1/8” was inspected under ultraviolet (UV) light during two overnight sojourns at the site.  Bones and teeth fluoresce in UV light.  All work at the Hole Locus was supervised by forensic anthropologist Dr. Karen Burns, with Mr. Gary Quigg and various associates doing the digging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At 50 cm. , the depth of the hole’s surface expression, the excavation unit floor was scraped and revealed what appeared to be evidence of two pits – one coincident with the original hole, the other slightly to the southwest of the first.  Both were filled with coral rubble and very little humus, while their surroundings were somewhat more humic and made up of smaller rubble fragments.  The second pit could also be seen in the south and west sidewalls of the excavation.  In subsequent levels the two pits seemed to coalesce, and at 80 cm. they disappeared altogether.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No human bones or teeth were found, but fish and bird bones were sporadically recovered from about 40 cm. downward, sometimes associated with small rust flakes.  Several bird and fish bones appeared in the very deepest level excavated (90-100 cm.).  At this point, we decided that however intriguing these bones might be, they were not likely to be relevant enough to our research to justify further work.  The excavation was clearly marked for future reference, partly backfilled, and closed down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Tank Locus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Tank Locus, at the southern base of the ridge slope, of course contains the tank – a  99 x 99 cm. steel box with “Police X Tarawa” hand-lettered on two opposing sides.  Collapsed inside the tank is the heavy steel rim for a dogged hatch, the hatch itself (labeled “Baldwin Tank Co., London”) lying on the ground outside.  Coconut shell halves first noted in 1996 also were found in the tank.  Two holes in the tank, filled with bolts, nuts, and washers, recall a story told TIGHAR just before departure by an ex-Coast Guardsman, about a tank shot through by one of his companions, that had to be patched because the colonists were still using it.  The holes, with their surrounding metal and contents, were collected by Skeet Gifford for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very similar tanks were recorded in the village at the Rest House, at the Carpenter’s shop, and at what may have been the dispensary.  In each case (except possibly at the Carpenter’s shop, where the tank may simply have been in storage), the tanks were used to collect rainwater from the buildings’ roofs.  In the case of the possible dispensary, Christopher Kennedy was able to demonstrate that the tank still contained water, which still ran out of a spigot at the bottom when the latter was turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjacent to the tank at the Seven Site, to the west, were two wooden posts and a rust field that clearly represented corrugated iron.  Mapping suggested that this feature represents a collapsed iron-roofed structure, whose roof drained rainwater into the tank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
South of the tank was a rather extensive scatter of bird bones, first noted in 1996.  These were mapped and collected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1996 the base of a light bulb was found near the tank.  In 2001 two more pieces of this bulb were found.  Other artifacts in the Tank Locus included screening scraps, pieces of wire, a plate sherd with a blue line near its rim (much like a line on the U.S. Coast Guard plate sherd found in the Hole Locus), and 30 caliber shells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Ridge Locus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Three 2 x 2 meter and one 1 x 2 meter units were intensively surface-collected and excavated on the crest and north face of the ridge.  Two surface features outside the excavation units were also investigated, together with a number of metal detector hits.   Each excavation unit was dug in 1 meter quadrants, with all “soil” passed through ¼” and then 1/8” screen.  The “soil” was uniformly dominated by coral rubble, but with a considerable admixture of humus.  Each unit was excavated to 10 cm., and then the most productive quadrant was taken to 20 cm.  Invariably, the 10-20 cm. levels were virtually devoid of bones or other cultural material.  All bones and plates were collected by level and quadrant, together with a sample of the very numerous scales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Ridge Locus produced a large amount of bird, fish, and turtle bones, together with turtle shell plates and fish scales, in several discrete concentrations. Some of the bone was clearly burned, and small flecks of charcoal were noted.  One of the concentrations also contained an odd folded piece of green asphalt siding, identical with the roll of such material found in 1996 about ten meters to the southeast along the ridge.  The siding is folded around what appears to be a felt-like fabric.  A similar but more deteriorated artifact was found about two meters from the first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About five meters south of the four excavated units, a cluster of smallish Tridacna gigas (giant clam) valves was described and recovered.  The cluster was elongated, with its long axis running NE-SW.  It was made up of some 35 valves and fragments, most fitting together to represent fifteen to sixteen clams.  Average length of valve is about 20 cm.  A number of the valves were badly fragmented, as though bashed with a rock.  Several fist-sized chunks of coral were noted among the shells.  Particles of the green material that coats the asphalt siding formed a thin layer in the soil immediately east of the Tridacna feature, suggesting that a sheet of the material had deteriorated there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a 1938 air photo, what appears to be a trail can be seen extending from the Seven Site to a point on the lagoon shore somewhat northwest of the site.  The approximate route of this trail was traced, and was found to be relatively easy walking.  At its lagoon-side end was a bed of Tridacna similar in size to those in the Seven Site feature.  Other small beds of Tridacna were noted along adjacent stretches of lagoon shore.  The Tridacna were invariably dead; cause of death was not determined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately to the northeast of the Tridacna feature was a cluster of small bivalves, species not yet determined.  The feature was about a meter across and some ten cm. deep.  It is estimated to comprise one hundred or more individual valves, presumably representing fifty or more individuals.   Only a sample of valves was collected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three to four meters northeast of the small bivalve feature is the roll of green-coated asphalt siding, a sample of which was collected.  Vigorous searches were made for similar material at the Loran Station Site, in the village, and among the Nutiran housesites.  Two small patches of apparently identical siding were found on the outer side of the southeastern corner of the wireless station in the village.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal detecting and visual examination revealed a dense field of rust just east of the Tridacna feature, extending for several meters up and down the ridge slope and for an unknown distance into the uncleared te Mao to the east.  Careful examination indicated that the rust represented multiple rectangular sheets of iron, some if not all of it corrugated.  The sheets appeared to measure about 2 x 4 meters, but each deposit may in fact represent multiple sheets.  Corrugated iron siding, originally galvanized but now rusted to closely resemble the Seven Site material, was noted at the Loran Station.  Similar material, usually less badly oxidized, is also present in the village and at Nutiran.  The metal sheets at the Seven Site appear to have lain on top of the small bivalve feature and the roll of siding, though both features have emerged as the iron has disintegrated.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isolated artifacts at the Ridge Locus included a number of 30 caliber and 22 caliber bullet casings, a small piece of milled lumber, and two pieces of asbestos siding identical to that found in the village on the cistern, on the Rest House cookhouse, and in the ruins of another public building.  Both the cistern and cookhouse are roofed with corrugated asbestos, which has not yet turned up at the Seven Site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Morrissey Locus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Morrissey Locus is about twenty meters west of the Ridge Locus, along the same ridge.  After burned bird and fish bones were found here by its namesake, James Morrissey, one 2 x 2 and one 1 x 2 meter unit were excavated using the same techniques employed at the Ridge Locus.  These revealed a concentration of charcoal, burned fish and bird bones, and fish scales.  A small sample of charcoal was collected for radiocarbon age determination, together with all bone and a sample of scales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal detecting in the vicinity yielded a number of 30 caliber shells, one unexpended 30 caliber round, and a 30 caliber bullet.  At the very end of the project, another fire feature was found, downslope to the southeast, which contained two 30 caliber cartridges and burned brown bottle glass.  Time did not permit excavation of this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Slope Locus&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This locus comprises the ridge slope southeast of the Ridge Locus and upslope from the tank.  Metal detector sweeps resulted in multiple hits here, whose excavation revealed not only the usual rest flakes and 30 caliber shells, but also pieces of glass and some enigmatic electric or electronic components.  A single  2 x 2 meter unit was excavated here, and a single external feature was mapped but not recovered.  The excavation was done in the usual way, except that only ¼” screen was employed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation unit was devoid of cultural material except in its southeast quadrant, where many fish and bird bones were found.  There is evidence of another burn feature just upslope, which can be seen in the profile of the unit’s east and south walls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upslope to the southeast, on the other side of the apparent burn feature (which supports a vigorous growth of te Mao), a second Tridacna feature was cleared and recorded but not removed.  As in the first such feature, some fifteen clams were represented by about thirty valves, in an elongate cluster.  Some of the clams were somewhat larger than those in the first feature (up to about 30 cm. long), and only one or two were broken as though bashed with a rock.  Associated with this feature were a ferrous cap for some kind of container, two odd screw-mounted clips, a strip of small-mesh copper screen (common all over the site), and a 40 x 40 cm. rectangle of rust, apparently either a sheet of iron or a collapsed metal box, with what look like rivets or studs along one edge.  All these associations were collected except for the last, from which only the pieces with stud- or rivet-like bumps were recovered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several other pieces of copper screening were found on the surface of the Slope Locus, as well as elsewhere on the site. Other artifacts recovered included 30 caliber cartridges, the cut-off end of a battery cable, a small apparatus that may be an electronic component, and three pieces of glass.  Each of the last is of a distinct kind of glass, and two show edge flaking that may represent use as tools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Preliminary Interpretation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
At least three distinct sets of human activities are evident at the Seven Site, which may or may not be related to one another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ubiquitous 30 caliber and (much less common) 22 caliber cartridges almost certainly represent recreational shooting by Coast Guardsmen during World War II.  The plate sherds may also reflect this activity; tossed into the air, they would make good skeet-like targets. Some of the bird bones, notably those in the Tank Unit, may represent a similar use of birds as targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tank and its associations, probably the ferrous sheets and asphalt and asbestos siding, and the hole are probably the results of work done at the site by I Kiribati colonists.  The kinds of work involved remain mysterious. The tank and its associated structure, and the hole, are consistent with our hypothetical identification of the site as the location of Gallagher’s intensive search.  The structure by the tank may have been the “house built for Gallagher,” though there are questions to be resolved about this interpretation.  The extensive sheet metal features, asbestos siding fragments, and rolled asphalt siding have no obvious relevance to a search operation.  The sheet metal, at least, probably arrived at the site sometime after 1946, when large amounts of it became available with abandonment of the Loran Station.  The asphalt siding may have arrived earlier, since it underlay the sheet metal and has been found elsewhere only in thevillage, not at the Loran site.  The asbestos siding is identical to that found on the cistern and cookhouse, among the village’s oldest buildings.  The copper screening also seems most likely to be of colonial origin; identical screening was found in the village and on the Nutiran shore, while only screening of a smaller gauge was found at the Loran site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of most interest, of course, are the several (at least six) deposits of burned and unburned fish, bird, and turtle bones, together with the two Tridacna features and the small bivalve feature.  Clearly these represent someone’s use of local food resources, probably for subsistence, but who the user or users may have been remains to be determined.  At least the following possibilities exist:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Prehistoric or historic period voyagers from other islands (e.g., Manra or Orona, which supported populations in prehistoric times), visiting Nikumaroro to fish and hunt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	PISS colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	Coast Guardsmen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	The castaway or castaways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is some reason to think that the last possibility is the most likely.  The lack of evidence either of traditional earth oven (umum) cooking or of post-contact cooking pots tends to argue against traditional or colonial-period Polynesians or Micronesians as the ones responsible for the burn features.  It is difficult to imagine Coast Guardsmen doing much cooking of local fauna on the site, and one would expect such an activity to have produced more World War II-vintage food and beverage containers than we have thus far noted.  On the other hand, things like the possible flaked-glass tools suggest adaptation of available tools to serve subsistence needs – something that is very much to be expected of a castaway.   All this is speculative, however, and requires much more analysis.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Triangle Site==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Triangle Site is a roughly triangular patch of apparent pristine native vegetation on the southeastern shore of the island, surrounded by the dense masses of te Mao (Scaevola frutescens) typical of land that has been cleared but not successfully planted in coconut.  It was investigated because it meets the general geographic description given by Gallagher (Southeast shore), and because its character suggested an answer to an otherwise rather mysterious question.  Former U.S. Coast Guardsman Floyd Kilts reported in 1960 that he had been told about a discovery of bones on Nikumaroro, which the island’s “Irish magistrate” had associated with Earhart (c.f., King et al 2001:54-6).  Since we now know that Gallagher was instructed to keep the discovery confidential – direction that it seems likely he would have passed on to his I Kiribati colleagues, why did a colonist tell Kilts about it?  We speculated that if Kilts had been involved in land clearing operations (Veterans of the Coast Guard Loran Station on the island have told us that they did engage in such operations), he might have been warned not to disturb the site, and told about the discovery in order to explain the warning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Triangle Site was accessed from the lagoon shore by cutting a trail into what proved to be a grove of (apparently) rather young te Kanawa (Chordia subchordata), and then through dense te Mao to the ocean shore just west of the site.  The site itself was found to be wooded in rather small Buka trees (Pisonia grandis), together with te Kanawa, te Ren, and te Uri.   Elsewhere on the island te Buka have trunk diameters of up to a meter; at the Triangle Site twenty to forty centimeter diameters were typical.  This is comparable with the diameter of te Buka observed growing through World War II-era corrugated metal at the Ameriki Loran Site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Triangle Site was first given a general surface inspection by John Clauss, William Carter, and the author.  Subsequently Carter and James Morrissey swept the site with metal detectors and raked the surface clear of surface litter, permitting close visual inspection.  The only human association found, besides contemporary flotsam in the shorefront vegetation, was a single 30 caliber rifle or carbine cartridge.  Without anything of evident interest to investigate, and in view of the pressing need to devote resources to the Seven Site (See below), the Triangle Site was not investigated further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Forum/Highlights81_100/highlights100.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuIIII/NikuIIIIsumm.html Niku IIII Summary]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Research/Bulletins/38_SecretsKnob/knob1.html Secrets of the Knob]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2001]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6431</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6431"/>
		<updated>2011-04-30T23:52:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Initial composition of this section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Graham Berwind; Bill Carter; Art Carty; Janis Carty; [[John Clauss]]; [[Ric Gillespie]]; Walt Holm; Taylor Keen; Karl Kern; [[Tom King]]; Dan Lann; Megan Lickliter-Mundon; Andrew McKenna; Jon Overholt; Gary Quigg; Tom Roberts; Jesse Rodocker; Leonid Sagalovsky; Lonnie Schorer; Mark Smith; Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Research Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things about the site, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The excavation strategy involved laying out a series of parallel 2-meter-wide &amp;quot;lanes&amp;quot; running along the axis of the surge ridge and excavating these to 10 cm. depth by trowel.  This operation, involving the whole team working on a sort of skirmish line, was referred to colloquially as &amp;quot;Rolling Thunder.&amp;quot;  A total station established over permanent datum 3 (as established in 2001) would be used to shoot in locations of all apparently significant artifacts and features encountered.  Material like shell, animal bones, and the ubiquitous fragments of corrugated and other iron would be collected by 2-meter lane sections, and a running sketch-plan would be maintained of each lane.  A video record would be kept of the whole operation, employing a photo tower constructed near the southeast edge of the site, and once cleared, the site would be imaged repeatedly using kite aerial photography (KAP).  Artifacts or bones that might contain DNA would be collected under sterile conditions.  Once Taylor Keen and the ground-penetrating radar (GPR) arrived on the second ship, GPR would be used to scan the site beyond the excavated area; the daylight ultraviolet (UV) scanner employed in 2007 would also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Team Assignments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tom King was in overall charge of Seven Site operations, assisted by Gary Quigg and Meg Lickliter-Mundon.  Tom Roberts and Meg Lickliter-Mundon handled the total station, and Meg also was responsible for the recovery, labeling and bagging of specific artifacts, including those recovered in accordance with the DNA protocol.  Bill Carter and Karl Kern comprised what we called the &amp;quot;Dynamic Duo&amp;quot; team, using chain saws and loppers to cut a broad avenue (the &amp;quot;Carter-Kern Highway&amp;quot; southeast of the apparent site boundary for about 50 meters along the ridge crest and then eastward to the beach; this permitted intensive inspection of a sample of the ridge beyond our major search area, and facilitated the removal of cut Scaevola.  Taylor Keen was in charge of GPR.  Jon Overholt and Karl Kern too charge of tree-ring boring (discussed below).  Andrew McKenna handled the UV scanner.  In addition to his responsibilities as expedition leader, Ric Gillespie led a systematic search of coconut crab lairs northwest of the main excavation area, in the event these might contain bones carried to them by their occupants, and conducted period metal detector sweeps of areas under investigation.  Mark Smith conducted video documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fieldwork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Work began as usual with a brush-clearing operation.  [[Scaevola]] was cut using pneumatic loppers and chain saws, and carried to a slash pile on the lagoon shore.  Once the Dynamic Duo had opened the Carter-Kern Highway, [[Scaevola]] was also carried to the ocean beach.  We opened up an area embracing all the areas previously inspected in 2001 and 2007, and extending somewhat farther along the ridge to the southeast.  Trees that were not [[Scaevola]] were left in place.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the basic working area was cleared, we laid out a 15-meter base line (a nylon rope staked at both ends) perpendicular to the axis of the ridge, just northwest of the &amp;quot;Big Ren&amp;quot; and the ___ units excavated in 2001.  The baseline rope had nylon strings attached every 2 meters.  Stretched out perpendicular to the base line and staked, these formed seven 2-meter-wide lanes, designated Lanes A through G.  Two team members then took each lane and began systematically troweling toward the southeast, stripping the surface down to 10 cm. depth.  Each &amp;quot;lane team&amp;quot; was responsible for keeping a running record of its observations, using standard &amp;quot;lane forms,&amp;quot; for collecting ecofacts and such common artifacts as ferrous fragments by 2-meter segment and/or by observable feature, and for calling on Meg and Tom to record specific locations and recover artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As work progressed, at Megan&#039;s suggestion two more lanes, L and L-2, were laid out perpendicular to lanes A through G at the southeast edge of the site, and excavated in the same manner as the other lanes.  A standard 2x2M unit was added to the block of &amp;quot;SL&amp;quot; units dug in 2007.  Another group of units was excavated beyond the L and L-2 lanes to explore a metal detector hit at the head of the Carter-Kern Highway; these were designated the X-units.  GPR, UV, and metal detector scans were conducted in 15x15 meter blocks NW and SE of the main study area; shovel test pits and one 1x2M unit were dug to explore apparent GPR anomalies.  Figure XXXX is a map of all excavations and related scans. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6429</id>
		<title>Niku VI (2010)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_VI_(2010)&amp;diff=6429"/>
		<updated>2011-04-30T23:03:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Team Members */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Archives/Expeditions/NikuVI/Niku6dailies.html Daily updates from the expedition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Niku-VI-team.png|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Graham Berwind&lt;br /&gt;
* Bill Carter&lt;br /&gt;
* Art Carty&lt;br /&gt;
* Janis Carty&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ric Gillespie]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Walt Holm&lt;br /&gt;
* Taylor Keen&lt;br /&gt;
* Karl Kern&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tom King]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Dan Lann&lt;br /&gt;
* Megan Lickliter-Mundon&lt;br /&gt;
* Andrew McKenna&lt;br /&gt;
* Jon Overholt&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary Quigg&lt;br /&gt;
* Tom Roberts&lt;br /&gt;
* Jesse Rodocker&lt;br /&gt;
* Leonid Sagalovsky&lt;br /&gt;
* Lonnie Schorer&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Smith&lt;br /&gt;
* Curtis Webster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Research Design==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2001 and 2007 field seasons at the Seven Site had shown us several things about the site, notably:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The site comprises a surge ridge made up of coral rubble;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Virtually everything of a cultural nature (fire features, mollusk and bone features, artifacts) was found in the top 10 cm. of the rubble, but under a thin &amp;quot;pavement&amp;quot; of relatively large (finger-size and up) coral fragments, making things extremely difficult to see even once the vegetation was cleared;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Artifacts were widely distributed across the site, without obvious pattern;&lt;br /&gt;
4. There have been several sequential uses of the site, reflected in a range of artifact and feature types probably associated with the PISS colonists, the Coast Guardsmen, and quite likely the castaway whose bones were recovered in 1940;&lt;br /&gt;
5. The artifact and feature assemblages associated with these different site-user groups were not easily separated stratigraphically; they &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; occurred in the top 10 cm., though micro-stratigraphic differences could sometimes be noted; and&lt;br /&gt;
6. While metal detecting was effective in finding concentrations of metalic items, it obviously revealed nothing about the distribution of glass, plastic, and other non-metallic materials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These observations led us to decide on a strategy of large-area exposure -- stripping the top 10 cm. off a large portion of the site and recording/collecting everything found.  Like all archaeology, this strategy involved destroying much of what we were trying to study, but we hoped it would reveal the overall organization of the site and enable us to find and interpret both metallic and non-metallic material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One important caveat needs to be noted at the outset.  When we speak of exposing a &amp;quot;large portion of the site,&amp;quot; this implies that we know how extensive the &amp;quot;site&amp;quot; actually is, and we actually do not.  The areas in which we worked in 2001 and 2007, both embraced within the larger area we worked in 2010, contain distributions of artifacts and features that do not &#039;&#039;&#039;seem&#039;&#039;&#039; to extend beyond the boundaries of the area we have each time temporarily cleared of [[Scaevola]]; transects cut into the bush beyond these boundaries and inspected visually and with metal detectors have not revealed additional features or obvious artifact clusters.  However, we cannot say for certain that we have established the full extent of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_I_(1989)&amp;diff=6426</id>
		<title>Niku I (1989)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Niku_I_(1989)&amp;diff=6426"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T23:57:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:1989-Survey.jpg|thumb|250px|&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Summary of search.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;The Earhart Project Expedition.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial field survey on [[Nikumaroro]] turned out to be a general reconnaissance, though we had rather more grandiose plans for it.  Having no first-hand knowledge of the island, and perhaps a rather inflated notion of how apparent the remains of an [[Electra]] might be, we half-expected to come home with some certainty about whether [[Earhart]] and [[Noonan]] had or had not landed on the island.  This, of course, was not to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
Background research prior to departure had been limited to study of published sources and consultation with a few people who had been on [[Nikumaroro]] (such as the Smithsonian ornithologist Roger Clapp).  We set out to expand our background knowledge of the island during a week spent in Suva, Fiji while making logistic arrangements.  We quickly learned that the records of the [[Western Pacific High Commission]] (WPHC), which had overseen the [[Phoenix Islands]] in colonial times, had been sent back to [[Hanslope Park|London]] and/or distributed to the former colonies, but the library at the [[University of the South Pacific]] yielded a number of useful secondary sources.  Notable among these was [[Luke|Sir Harry Luke’s]] &#039;&#039;From a South Seas Diary,&#039;&#039; which includes Sir Harry’s account of his visit to [[Nikumaroro]] shortly after [[Gallagher|Gallagher’s]] death, and provided a photo of the [[Government Station|“Rest House”]] where [[Gallagher]] lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We sailed for [[Nikumaroro]] on September 12 aboard &#039;&#039;Pacific Nomad&#039;&#039;, an erstwhile trawler re-outfitted as a dive tour vessel.  Transit to the island, via Pago Pago in American Samoa, took five days; we arrived off Nikumaroro on September 17th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Survey work in 1989 generally comprised two sets of activities: a land search and a reef search, carried out simultaneously by separate teams under [[Ric| Ric Gillespie&#039;s]] overall direction.  [[King|Dr. King]] headed the land team and advised on archeological methods for the dive team; Mr. Joe Latvis was in charge of the dive team.  Each team member was responsible for keeping a daily log, using standard forms, and team leaders kept more elaborate daily and situational notes.  Expedition photographers Pat Thrasher and Mary DeWitt and videographer [[Matthews|Russ Matthews]] worked opportunistically with both teams, and the dive team maintained its own photographic and videographic record.  The land team also undertook work in the lagoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Land Search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naively, we had thought that we could inspect a twelve square kilometer island pretty thoroughly in three weeks with sixteen people.  As we circumnavigated the island before landing, we began to realize how wrong we had been.  Not only was twelve square kilometers a good deal larger &amp;quot;on the ground&amp;quot; than it seemed in looking at a map; the vegetation was much denser than we had anticipated.  As it turned out, the formerly populated parts of the island were densely wooded in [[coconut]] and [[pandanus]], while much of the rest was covered with [[mao]] ([[Scaevola frutescens]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, we set out to make as detailed an inspection as we could.  Immediately upon coming ashore, and beginning to work our way across from the landing site to the lagoon, we began to encounter traces of [[village|the colonial village]]--a standing structure with a sign identifying it as the &amp;quot;Gardner Co-Op Store, 1940&amp;quot; just inland from [[the landing]], and a scatter of artifacts and structural remains extending most of the way to the lagoon shore.  Reasoning that the last place to look for an unreported airplane would be in a known habitation site, we noted these items only in passing and made no plans for a systematic inspection of [[village|the village site]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first order of business, having gotten a boat into the lagoon and equipment moved to &amp;quot;Club Fred,&amp;quot; a field station on the lagoon shore, was to inspect a long open area that extends up into the heart of the land unit called [[Nutiran]].  The southern portion of this area comprises a sandbar along the lagoon shore; the northern a mud flat replete with land crab burrows.  Since it is open and flat, we speculated that it might have been a tempting landing area even though it runs across the prevailing wind.  Since [[Nutiran]] was never entirely cleared for planting, we speculated that there might be places along the fringe of the flat where an airplane, or its remnants, might have become hidden and stayed that way.  Though the fringes seemed the most likely places to look for evidence, we checked the entire flat for anything that might have fallen off an airplane making a rough landing.  Over several days, the survey party members walked transects across the open area and cut transects back into the surrounding bush at approximate 15 meter intervals.  Our intent in the latter enterprise was to inspect the fringe back to wherever the land rose sufficiently to have arrested the momentum of an airplane, or where evidence of planting began to appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We quickly learned several things.  First, the mudflat would not have been a particularly good place to land an airplane.  The soil is extremely soft, the salt water table is only about 20 to 30 cm. deep, and the whole area is riddled with crab holes.  This makes walking hazardous; one falls through the crust with discouraging and rather dangerous frequency, plunging through into knee deep slime.  It would have made landing an airplane hazardous, too, and although [[Earhart]] and [[Noonan]] probably wouldn&#039;t have known this, it surely would have arrested the aircraft&#039;s forward motion in short order, leaving a quite apparent wreck for the Colorado pilots to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, we learned that [[mao]] is extremely difficult to cut through -- or indeed even to see through.  Having cut 3 or 4 meters into the wall of mao that lined the eastern side of the mudflat/sandbar -- with considerable effort, since the wall was made up primarily of hard, dry, intertwined stalks that tend to turn a blade -- one found that one literally could not see anything much more than a meter to either side.  To make matters worse, even with continual compass checks, it was very difficult to keep a steady bearing.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the level of visibility we experienced, and the level of accuracy we were able to maintain, were doubtless sufficient for locating an intact aircraft, they were not at all encouraging with respect to locating pieces of one -- to say nothing of the human remains, ephemeral campsites, and artifact scatters that could also evidence the one-time presence of lost aviators.  On the other hand, we quickly found that the east side of the mudflat/sandbar was lined with a coral shelf that would certainly have kept an airplane from running very far into the bush, so we inspected this area as well as we could, as far in as the shelf, and shifted our attention to the west side.  Here the &#039;&#039;mao&#039;&#039; was somewhat less dense, and gave way to palm forest where the problem was not so much getting through the bush as it was seeing the ground and keeping one&#039;s footing in the dense litter of fronds and coconuts.  We inspected this area enough to satisfy ourselves that there were no airplanes or large parts lying around, but without extensive ground clearing we could easily have missed small parts and other artifacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only evidence of human activity we found on or around the mudflat/sandbar comprised a few iron barrel fragments, [[coconut trees]] with footholds cut into them, the remains of two very small structures identified by Kaitara Kotuna, our Kiribati government representative, as probable field shacks used by coconut toddy collectors, and a number of standing coral slabs placed at more or less regular 25 meter intervals near the edges (discussed below).  We were initially puzzled by these, and spent a good deal of time recording them.  Upon finding another in the bush on the low ridge east of the mudflat/sandbar, however, and finding it to be aligned with one on the flat itself, we concluded that they were property boundaries, placed when [[Nutiran]] was divided for clearing and planting in the late 1940s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We made further tries at organized transect survey, but invariably found that visibility was far from satisfactory.  At the same time, the extreme density of the &#039;&#039;mao&#039;&#039;, combined with extreme heat (recorded at 120 f. on the beach) nearly resulted in heatstroke and exhaustion casualties on a couple of occasions.  This persuaded us that a somewhat less formal approach to survey was in order.  Eventually we evolved the following categories of survey method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Intensive visual survey: Systematic walk-through on controlled transects, 5-15 meter spacing depending on visibility, with cutting as needed.  Should be adequate for large object identification except that visibility is extremely limited in dense &#039;&#039;mao&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Cursory visual survey:  Systematic walk-through with explicit search mission, but no effort made to walk controlled transects, and with only as much cutting as absolutely necessary.  May involve crawling around, looking under, climbing over &#039;&#039;mao&#039;&#039;.  Should be adequate for large object identification except where heavy &#039;&#039;mao&#039;&#039; obscures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Unsystematic stroll: Walk-through for planning purposes, in transit to other area, recreation.  No explicit search plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Intensive metal detector survey:  Systematic metal detector sweeps covering all accessible ground surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Cursory metal detector survey:  Spot-checks with metal detector; no effort to cover entire ground.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this manner, we &amp;quot;covered&amp;quot; the island at varying levels of intensity, as shown in Figure N-4.   In some areas the ground was quite open -- consisting of nothing but sun-blackened coral shelves and rubble that we came to call &amp;quot;moonscape.&amp;quot;  In such areas, obviously, we had no trouble inspecting the ground, though distinguishing one small sun-baked object from another -- in a field of sun-blackened coral fragments -- might well be another matter.  Along the beach margins the visibility was also excellent, but here of course there was a great chance of buried material, so metal detectors were employed to sweep the area as intensively as possible.  Most of the island was vegetated to some degree -- in [[buka]] toward the northwest end, in [[coconut]] and [[pandanus]] through most of the once-occupied areas, and in [[mao]] in altogether too many places -- and the density of the vegetation was the major determinant of survey intensity.  Shovel-and-trowel pits and small area exposures were excavated where metal detecting or visual inspection suggested the presence of something worth looking at in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the waning days of the search, targeted cursory inspections were made on [[Kanawa Point]] and along the west shore of [[Nutiran]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=== Reef Search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dive team, under the direction of Joe Latvis, attempted -- and generally accomplished -- a systematic inspection of the reef face from its edge at about 3 meters down to approximately 50 meters depth.  In selected areas on both windward and leeward sides, dives were carried out to depths of 55 to 65 meters, and in one case to 68 meters.  Divers typically swam approximately 15 meters apart, deployed down the face of the reef, marking progress with buoys.  Visibility ranged from around 30 to around 60 meters, but the ability to see objects on the reef face was affected by very active coral growth.  Metal detectors were used as systematically as possible, but time did not permit a complete metal detector sweep of the entire reef face.  Metal detecting was not attempted, and indeed visual search was minimal, in the area southwest of the &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039; wreck, where there is a very substantial ferrous debris field.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reef flat at the mouth of [[Tatiman Passage]] was inspected on foot, with metal detectors swept over cavities and coral chunks that might hide metal within them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Lagoon Search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visibility in the lagoon was generally poor; in fact, the water is often so milky that visibility does not extend more than a meter or so from the diver.  As a result, little diving was attempted in the lagoon.  A towed magnetometer was deployed, but was not very effective.  Visible coral heads were swept with metal detectors in the event they had grown over metal objects.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Exploring [[village|the Village]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As noted above, we reasoned that [[the village]] was the least likely place for airplane wreckage or associated objects to go unnoticed and unreported, so we assigned it a very low priority for inspection.  Its poignant history, however, coupled with its status as the most obvious archeological site on the island, gave it a certain fascination, and we also felt obligated to gather at least a cursory record of its existence and character.  So village features were recorded as we encountered them either in organized search sweeps or in casual walking around, and the village also became an interesting focus for &amp;quot;recreational&amp;quot; exploration during slack periods in the main work of the land team.  Two things quickly became apparent.  First, the village was far more organized than we had anticipated, and it contained far more impressive building ruins. Second, the village contained fragments of aluminum, including fragments that were clearly from an airplane or airplanes.  Accordingly, toward the end of the 1989 survey, attention shifted partly to the village and a fairly organized, if cursory, inspection was made.  The &amp;quot;[[Government Station]]&amp;quot; constructed in 1940 under the supervision of Jack Kimo Petro and Gerald Gallagher was examined fairly closely and sketch-mapped; the shoreline was swept with metal detectors, a series of controlled transects were walked through the &amp;quot;new village&amp;quot; area north and south of the landing, and other parts of the Ritiati/Noriti village area were inspected casually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Possible Prehistoric Occupation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kenneth Emory, in his 1939 report on the archeology of the [[Phoenix Islands]], reports prehistoric occupation on [[Nikumaroro]], but does not describe the evidence of such occupation.  Extensive prehistoric ruins are found on Manra and Orona.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A basalt adze bit and an andesite core from which flakes have clearly been struck were found in the vicinity of the colonial village, the former near the lagoon shore in an area heavily disturbed by land crabs, the latter near [[landing|the landing monument]].  The soil of the area where the adze bit was found is a rich, black sandy loam whose color and texture suggests the presence of organic midden typical of a long-established residential site, but no other prehistoric artifacts were found there.   The area around the landing monument has been heavily used in colonial and recent times, but shows no evidence of prehistoric human occupation.  Both stone objects are clearly not native to a coral island like [[Nikumaroro]], but both could easily have been brought to the island by a colonial era resident or visitor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the [[buka]] forest on northeastern [[Nutiran]], &amp;quot;Buka Feature 1&amp;quot; was a cluster of coral slabs, most lying flat but some upright, tightly enough packed together to resemble a constructed platform or other structure.  This feature most likely represents uplifted and weathered ledges of cemented coral, but it is marginally possible that it represents a prehistoric structure or structures.  No artifacts were noted in the area.  Visibility in the dense forest was very limited, and we did not invest the time necessary to clear and map this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the lagoon shore in [[Tekibeia]], east of [[Kanawa Point]], approximately 300 small giant clam (Tridacna sp.) valves lie on a coral ledge, many of them cemented to the ledge by calcareous precipitate.  A living clam bed is immediately adjacent, in the shallow embayment that forms the east side of Kanawa Point.  Further inspection of this site in 1999 revealed that the the shell &amp;quot;midden&amp;quot; extends for a considerable distance along the shore.  This site could represent prehistoric occupation, but material can become cemented to coral in a matter of decades, so it could just as easily represent the subsistence activities of colonial residents -- or marooned aviators.  No artifacts were observed among the shells.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colonial Period Sites on Nutiran ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the north and east sides of the [[Nutiran]] mudflat, and along the beach curving to the east toward [[Taraea]], we mapped the 14 stone features shown schematically in Figure N-5.   Some of the mudflat features are single irregularly shaped coral slabs, 30 to 50 cm. across and 10 to 20 cm. thick, standing on edge.  Their long axes are aligned at 60° to 70°, that is, perpendicular to the coral shelf that forms the east side of the mudflat.  Others are cairns of coral rocks, while others are combinations of standing slabs and cairns.  In one case (Feature 7) there are three aligned upright slabs; another feature (Feature 10) consists of a single slab lying on its face.  Features 2 through 5 form a line running down the long axis of the mudflat, about 30 to 50 meters out from the coral shelf.  Feature 9 continues the line onto the shelf at the northwest end of the mudflat, while Feature 10 extends it (after an interval of some 200 meters) to the northeast edge at the beach.  Features 6, 7. And 8 intersect this line at Feature 5, forming a perpendicular, while Features 11 through 14 extend at an oblique angle from it along the beach.  The long axes of the upright stones on the beach bear 270°-290°, perpendicular to the shoreline.  Spacing between the features is fairly consistent at 25 meters, but for the gap between Features 5 and 10 and the closer spacing of Features 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal detector hits (H-1 and H-2) were excavated near Feature 1, and proved to be highly corroded ferrous metal spikes, one with its proximal end bent over into a ring.  A third hit (H-3) near Feature 8 and the northeastern coral shelf, was a cluster of fragments from a heavy, cast iron ring with rivets set 12.5 cm. apart, probably the remains of a reinforcing hoop from a large cast iron barrel or tank.  Tiny fragments of heavily rusted ferrous metal were noted among the rocks making up Features 5, 6, and 7.                      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no reason to think that this complex of features has anything to do with [[Earhart]] and [[Noonan]].  They could represent markers erected by the [[New Zealand survey|New Zealand aerodrome survey party in 1938]], but we think it more likely that they were property boundary markers put up in the late 1940s or early 1950s.  Figure N-6 is a sketch-map of property divisions on [[Nutiran]] made by [[Laxton|Paul Laxton]] in 1949.  It is impossible to make a close comparison using his unscaled sketch, but it appears that the northern edge of the area he had parcelized is close to the line formed by Features 5, 6, 7, and 8.  The widths of his parcels, too, appear similar to the 25-meter spacing between each pair of Features 2, 3, 4, 5, and 9.  Perhaps these features represent divisions made after [[Laxton]] filed his 1949 report with its sketch-map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1939, Henry W. Bigelow, Jr., of the [[Bushnell|U.S.S. &#039;&#039;Bushnell&#039;&#039;]], commented that on Manra (Sydney Island): &amp;quot;The coconut trees on the island have been divided into lots of twenty-five trees, and the corners of these lots marked by coral slabs on edge, not in cement, or by cairns.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the last day on the island in 1989, [[John Clauss]], Veryl Finlayson and LeRoy Knoll reconnoitered the west side of [[Nutiran]], an area separated from the mudflat by a thick belt of [[buka]] and [[mao]].  They encountered a number of large, carefully excavated [[babae pits]] and the remains of several houses.  These were examined in more detail in 1999, and will be discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colonial Period Sites on Aukaraime South ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On [[Aukaraime South]], closer to the lagoon than the ocean shore and toward [[Baureke Passage]], we noted occasional evidence of colonial period occupation or use in the form of scattered 55-gallon drum fragments, pipes, and badly rusted ferrous metal.  The area had been cleared and planted to [[coconuts]], as described by Gallagher and as documented by airphotos from 19xxx (See Chapter on airphoto imagery?]x).  Some coconuts survive, in some cases forming dense clumps, while others have died; the latter are represented by stumps, fallen trees, and depressions where trees have been uprooted and then rotted away.  Rusted fragments of 55-gallon drums, a standing water pipe, a galvanized washbasin, and several bottles were noted, scattered over an area of several hectares.  A single, isolated grave was the only cultural feature (other than the coconut trees) recorded at [[Aukaraime South]] in 1989; it was smaller than the graves that are common in the colonial village proper (see below), with prominent head and foot stones.  This grave was closely studied during [[Niku II (1991)]], and will be discussed in detail later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ameriki ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We spent little time inspecting the old [[LORAN station]] at [[Ameriki]], since it seemed quite unlikely that evidence of an airplane or its crew would have escaped the attention of the Coast Guardsmen who built the station and served there.  A cursory inspection showed that the landscape had been considerably rearranged by bulldozing, with an occasional antenna site marked by guy wires and cement anchors, and a light scatter of detritus in the form of decayed planks, wire, insulators, and pieces of nondescript metal.  A cluster of some 60 rusted fuel drums, a pile of anchor chain, and what appears to have been a bulldozed sewage lagoon remain as visible evidence of the LORAN station.  An aluminum pole about 15 meters high stands on the ocean shore near the extreme southeastern end of the island, with a shield-shaped sign identifying it as associated with the “Space and Missile Test Center” -- a U.S. Air Force program based at Vandenberg Air Force Base in California, which in the 1970s used the [[Phoenix Islands]] area as a target for intercontinental ballistic missiles.  Another indicator of recent activity at this end of the island is a coral stone cairn with a survey marker bearing the words: Royal Australian Survey Corps 1985: Gardner AZ (Azimuth).  A refuse pit nearby containing the remains of Australian food containers probably represents the leavings of the survey party responsible for the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Windward Beach ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The windward beach contained a considerable amount of modern debris, notably fishnet floats and rubber flip-flops.  A large steel tank lay on the reef flat, doubtless flotsam off a passing ship.  Metal detecting along the beach and beach margin resulted in two hits, both of which were excavated.  One was a piece of lead pipe, while the other was a 5-meter driftwood log.  The log turned out to be partly hollow, with evidence of charring.  Several fragments of plastic, part of a plastic bottle, and a blue plastic hair comb were found in association, but nothing that explained the fairly strong reading given by the metal detector.  The northern end of the log showed a reddish stain that might have resulted from the complete oxidation of a piece of iron.  We interpret this feature as the result of a fairly recent campfire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Reef ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the most part, the dive team found only pieces of fishing longline and the ends of fuel drums.  At one location off the mouth of [[Tatiman Passage]] they came upon and recorded a scatter of metal objects and a battery, as described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The debris field from the &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039;, inspected only cursorily, dropped quickly down the face of the reef, which is very steep at the point the ship struck, exhibiting little lateral extent.  On the reef and beach, fragments of the ship&#039;s hull plates and equipment are scattered mostly to the southeast, and as noted below, pieces are found in the lagoon, where they must have floated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most useful piece of information to emerge from the dive team&#039;s work was the understanding we gained of the reef&#039;s character.  On the lee side, the reef typically descends rather gently to a depth of about 12 meters, then becomes increasingly steep to about 40 meters, and then drops precipitously into the depths.  Particularly off the northwest side of the island around Tatiman Passage there are arroyo-like features three or four meters deep and a meter or two wide, which the divers thought could easily catch and hold aircraft parts falling down from the reef flat, though none were noted.   A shelf was noted at about 10-12 meters deep along the lee side, extending for some distance to the northwest from the vicinity of the &#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039; wreck.  On the windward side the pitch of the reef is somewhat less precipitous and the reef is cut by &amp;quot;spur and groove&amp;quot; features -- high energy channels radiating out from the island, generally quite straight, and one to two meters wide.  The windward side also features a number of crater-like features that trap sand and could easily trap airplane wreckage were there any to be trapped.  The reef on this side is also undercut at some points.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Objects found by the dive team included many barrel rings, fragments of &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039; hull, a length of copper pipe (which looked like aluminum underwater, generating considerable interest), and a three-cell automobile battery.  The pipe -- probably from a ship -- is certainly not from a [[Electra|Lockheed Electra]].  The Electra did carry batteries, of course, but there were also many batteries identical to the one found by the divers, piled in the vicinity of the village wireless station.  Members of the Nomad&#039;s crew said that dead batteries are often used as boat anchors.  The battery was found not far from the village, near the mouth of [[Tatiman Passage]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Lagoon ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon search revealed occasional 55-gallon drums, usually standing upright in shallow water, most of them near [[Ameriki]].  We subsequently learned that the [[LORAN station]] had had a dock lined with such drums.  The New Zealand survey party also used such drums as markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Karaka Village/Government Station, Ritiati ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original colonial village on Nikumaroro was at the point shown on Figure N-7; it existed from about the time of the work party&#039;s arrival in late 1938 until 1940.  Its site today is a swampy lowland which was not inspected in 1989.  The second village was the one that after his death was named after [[Gerald Gallagher]] (&amp;quot;[[Karaka]]&amp;quot;), built around the &amp;quot;[[Government Station]]&amp;quot; constructed in 1940 under the direction of Jack Kimo Petro and Gerald Gallagher.  The third village, which following [[Laxton]] we will refer to as [[the &amp;quot;new village&amp;quot;]] was more diffuse than the old Government Station village, extending far southeast of the old village through [[Ritiati]].  This is the village that developed after World War II, initially under the direction of Paul Laxton.  We will discuss the &amp;quot;old,&amp;quot; Karaka Village and Government Station first.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== Sir Harry Luke Avenue ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his 1951 article on the [[Nikumaroro]] colony, [[Paul Laxton]] describes a walk to and around the [[Government Station]]; it may be most enlightening to follow him.  We can also draw on the account left by [[Sir Harry Luke]] of his visit in 1941, only months after [[Gallagher|Gallagher&#039;s]] death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;[[Gerald Gallagher[[ had made [[Gardner]] the model island of the [[Phoenix Islands|Phoenix]], and we walked the best part of a mile along the broad and well-laid-out &#039;Sir Harry Luke Avenue&#039; to the station on the lagoon side of the island.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We turned away from [[the landing]], which lies perhaps a mile by track from the visiting officer&#039;s house near the [[Tatiman passage]].  Running back at right angles from the beach is a traverse track straight through the lagoon... (W)e turned, as we progressed coming into the well-tended village plantation, and then to [[the village]].  This had been beautifully laid out by Gallagher and cleanly kept.  A half-mile avenue, lined with coral stones, passed the neat houses along the lagoon shore on our right, the whole area planted with fine flourishing young coconuts in straight lines plantation fashion.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the straight transverse track to the lagoon cannot be seen for vegetation and deadfall, though we identified traces of it in 1997 when we mapped our own &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway&amp;quot; from the landing to the lagoon.  Exactly where Sir Harry Luke Avenue branches off is not clear, but once one is on it it is easy to follow -- seven meters wide and curving gently to the north along the center of the island.  Its edges are marked with neatly built curbs of coral -- small slabs placed end-to-end.  The neat houses and thriving young [[coconuts]] to the right (east) of the avenue have become a tangled coconut forest, while [[mao]] intrudes from the left, ocean-side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Border Wall, Parade Ground, Gallagher&#039;s Grave ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;At the end of the avenue an archway emblazoned with the Union Jack greeted us with &amp;quot;Welcome to Gardner&amp;quot; in red, white and blue paint.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The avenue ends by passing through a low, dry-laid coral wall that marks the [[Government Station|Government Station&#039;s]] southerly boundary, extending to the southeast most of the way across to the lagoon.  At least three deep [[babae pits]] flank the avenue just outside the wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps because it was commonplace to them, neither [[Sir Harry]] nor [[Laxton]] explicitly describes the aspect that made the [[Government Station]] so striking to our American eyes (once we realized what we were seeing) -- the large parade ground that is its centerpiece.  This appears to have entirely open to the sky and paved with crushed white coral.  It is bordered in the same manner as the avenue, and is circumscribed by similarly constructed roads (Figure N-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the middle (of the parade ground) is [[Gallagher|Gallagher&#039;s grave]], lovingly constructed by the natives to [[MacPherson|MacPherson&#039;s]] design.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Designed by Dr. Macpherson, Gallagher&#039;s grave monument resembles that of Robert Lewis Stevenson in Samoa.   A house-shaped structure of concrete, probably over a coral core, it sits on a low rectangular platform lined with small slabs (Fig. N-9).   The files of the [[Western Pacific High Commission]] indicate that shortly after its construction a bronze plaque was affixed to its end, paid for with subscriptions collected by [[Harry Maude]], that read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In affectionate Memory&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
GERALD BERNARD GALLAGHER, M.A.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Of the Colonial Administrative Service.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Officer in charge of the [[Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Who died on [[Gardner Island]], where he would have wished to die, on the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
27th September, 1941, aged 29 years&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
……….&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
His selfless devotion to duty and unsparing work on behalf of&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The natives of the [[Gilbert and Ellice Islands]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Were an inspiration to all who knew him, and to his labours is largely&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Due the successful colonization of the&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Phoenix Islands|PHOENIX ISLANDS]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
R.I.P.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Erected by his friends and brother officers.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plaque has since disappeared. &#039;&#039;[Note: The plaque was moved to Gallagher&#039;s gravesite on Tarawa when his body was exhumed and transferred there after the [[Nikumaroro village, Waghena Island|Niku colony was abandoned.]]]&#039;&#039; At the east (head) end of the grave, in traditional [[I Kiribati]] fashion, a young coconut was planted.  It is now quite large, and a [[coconut crab]] (Birgus latro) had made its home at its foot, burrowing under the grave structure.  The crab was caught and eaten by Pacific Nomad&#039;s crew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aram Tamia, in his letter of condolence to Gallagher&#039;s mother, said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Mr. Gallagher is laid to rest at the foot of the flag-mast, and the flag he taught us to love and respect waves over him every day.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The flagstaff has fallen, of course, and is rapidly deteriorating.  It stood over 15 meters high, was set in concrete, and had two cross-members with a short extension above them, rather like the topmast on a square-rigged ship (Fig. N-10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Rest House ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and beyond it his (Gallagher&#039;s) house, built entirely of native materials, like Holland&#039;s and [[Steenson|Steenson&#039;s]] at Tarawa, airy, spacious, and far and away the best type of house for Europeans in this part of the world.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Beyond it the house already showed glimmering lights, and we found our baggage sprawled around…&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gallagher]] himself provides more detail about this house:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This house is considerably more ambitious than that constructed at Sydney Island and, although smaller, is modeled after the Native Lands Commissioner&#039;s house on Beru Island….  It is hoped to furnish the main living room of the Rest House with furniture constructed entirely from locally grown &amp;quot;[[kanawa]]&amp;quot; -- a beautifully marked wood which abounds on the island and is being cut to waste as planting proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And [[Laxton]] says…&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The house had been built by Jack Kima (Petro) in the early days of the settlement.  It has a concrete floor throughout, and is perhaps atwenty-five by sixty feet, the whole under a tall thatched roof carried on [[te non]] and [[pandanus]] poles.  The centre space is divided into three rooms of approximately equal size by partitions eight feet high made of the centre ribs of coconut leaves, called te ba, leaving a four foot veranda all round.  An office stood off the west side on the north end, and a balancing structure on the southern end housed the bathroom, lavatory, and washroom.  An American lady who had visited with us earlier when the house had been unoccupied for some time, had proceeded to the lavatory, which is of the &#039;thunder-box&#039; variety and found it full of dynamite, having been allocated by the island government as an explosive store.  This adjusted, she later washed in the neat and impressive handbasin, with tap, plug and all, mentally apologising for reproaching the British with lack of push-pull sanitation; on removing the plug the water gurgled happily away, emerging immediately around her feet.  A bucket should stand below to receive the waste.  These and similar details had been squared away before our arrival, and the kitchen, too, a corrugated iron roof outhouse, was ready for action.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-11 shows the &amp;quot;Rest House&amp;quot; as Sir Harry&#039;s party photographed it in 1941.  Figure N-12 is a 1989 view from the same angle, and Figure N-13 is a sketch-plan.  The corrugated iron cookhouse remains intact, but the wood and thatch superstructure of the house proper is gone, apparently burned to judge from the charred beams and posts lying on the concrete floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What remains is a U-shaped concrete slab with the charred remains of eleven support posts set in its edges.  The south corner lacks a post, being supported by the building&#039;s most remarkable feature -- the &amp;quot;thunderbox lavatory&amp;quot; referred to by [[Laxton]].  The lavatory is a rectangular concrete structure, about two by three meters with walls about 30 cm. thick, containing a claw-footed bathtub and perhaps other facilities, obscured by a fetid mass of decaying coconuts and fronds.  A box-based portable toilet, still referred to as a &amp;quot;thunderbox&amp;quot; in parts of Australia and elsewhere, must have been among the facilities that the room held in Gallagher&#039;s time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Foua Tofiga]] attributes the invention of this type of lavatory to Jack Kima Petro, who all sources agree oversaw construction of the Rest House and most if not all other major government construction in the Phoenix Island colony.  As Mr. Tofiga explained it, the walls were built strongly to support a tank, into which water was pumped by hand so as to flow by gravity to the taps below.   The tank has disappeared (though three galvanized iron tanks lie next to the cookhouse), but pipes and parts of a handpump still lean against the southeast wall of the room.  The Rest House&#039;s thatch or mat walls must have covered the concrete walls of the lavatory, which are quite invisible in the 1941 photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rest House is the only government structure on the square that is not aligned parallel to the peripheral streets.  In fact it is on a diagonal, with a short walkway running out to the road.  The main entrance to the house was apparently in the inside center of the &amp;quot;U.&amp;quot;  Around the northeast and south sides, and probably once extending around the north side, a slab-lined pathway may be the remains of the veranda that Laxton refers to.  Beyond this to the northeast is a perfectly rectangular depression, perhaps a formal sort of [[babae pit]].  From the house, the view across this landscape feature to the lagoon beyond must have been stunningly beautiful, especially at sunrise and sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sights and Sites on Laxton&#039;s Walk ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having settled into the Rest House, [[Laxton]] had a tour of the station under the guidance of Aram Tamia:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A hundred yards from the house to the north was the [[Radio Shack|radio station]], under charge of Teng Tekautu, a skillful, English-speaking, Gilbertese wireless operator. (Note for Ric: what do you suppose the &amp;quot;Met. Log&amp;quot; is?).  His equipment, old and needing replacement, was well and intelligently maintained.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wireless station (Site 20 in Figure N-8) was still standing in 1989, a simple frame structure with a few radio parts still lying on shelves along its walls.  Nearby, a concrete pad showed where the antenna had stood, and a pile of old batteries indicated the source of power.  Finding these batteries, and noting that they were identical to the one found by the dive team at the mouth of Tatiman Passage, eliminated the urge to view the latter as an Earhart-related artifact.  A large pit (Site 21), presumably for babae, lies near the shore just northeast of the wireless station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Nearby stood the [[carpenter&#039;s shop]] of old Teng Kirata, a man of some fifty-five years of age.  He was an early settler, but was one of those dissatisfied; he claimed that in spite of hard work on his piece of land, it remained infertile, and he and his wife Kinaai wished to return to their home island of [[Onotoa]] with their four young children.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Site 17 in Figure N-8 may represent the [[carpenter&#039;s shop]].  In 1989 it was represented by a standing wood wall with several collapsed wood shelves laden with machine parts and tools, a large tank, engine parts, standing house posts, and a dense concentration of tools, containers, machine parts, a collapsed cart, a roll of wire rope, and other material (Fig. N-14).  A pile of solidified cement bags (Site 16) lies nearby, probably from the [[LORAN station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Beyond stands the boatshed which houses the whale boat, &#039;[[Nei Manganibuka]]&#039;; on a sandy steep beach of the [[Tatiman Passage]] it faces north toward the wide expanse of [[Nutiran]].&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rather ephemeral structure and its associations at Site 15 may represent the boatshed.  Only scattered houseposts were noted in this relatively clear area in 1989.  The main factor arguing for its association with the boatshed -- other than being &amp;quot;beyond&amp;quot; Site 17 when moving counterclockwise around the Government Station from the Rest House--is that as of 1989 there was a gentle slope from the site down to the shore of Tatiman Passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Continuing toward the west we arrived next at the mission school and compound, presided over by Ten Rereia of the London Missionary Society. ... Of the forty-seven children on the island, most of the younger were at school ...  The mission compound was well marked out, the straight lines of the boundaries having been made with regularly spaced posts of the [[non tree]], which had taken root and grown bushy tops with fresh green leaves.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the [[non tree]] markers still stand, we failed to distinguish them from the rest of the vegetation.  Site 14, just southwest of Site 15, is a structure that has collapsed in on itself, with three posts on either side and a central ridge-beam.  This building was apparently about five meters wide and six long, and may have been part of the mission compound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Beyond the mission is the dispensary and hospital, served by Medical Dresser Totanga, trained at Tarawa.  The dispensary is clean and neat, and carries the list of drugs specified by the Senior Medical Officer. ... The hospital is an adjacent native-type house designed to accommodate patients whom the Dresser deems should be in-patients.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the hospital is described as a &amp;quot;native-type house,&amp;quot; it seems reasonable to conclude that the dispensary was not.  Site 11 (Fig. N-15) is a two-tiered concrete structure that may represent the dispensary.  Seven by eight meters on a side, the higher part of this structure (5.5x8 meters) has holes for four large corner posts, while the lower part, 1.5x8 meters, has three holes for smaller posts, and suggests a porch facing the street.  Heavy 1 cm. mesh screen, lumber, a brass wall-hook, and a brass trough-like object lay on the surface of the higher piece of the structure in 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Site 12, just north of the concrete structure, is the remains of a traditional building that may represent the hospital.  There are four standing coral slabs here, together with two fallen slabs, forming two parallel rows that were most likely supports for an elevated wooden structure.  Nearby, Site 13 consists of three standing houseposts representing a structure about 2.5 meters wide and 4 meters long, with a few scattered timbers and pieces of brown bottle glass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the sites described above, which more or less correspond with buildings identified by [[Laxton]], Sites 18 and 19 -- each a rough rectangle of standing or collapsed houseposts, may represent houses that had not been constructed at the time Laxton took his walk.  Describing changes that took place some time later, after the decision had been made to reorganize the colony, he reports that: &amp;quot;within a week the move was complete, the old village area now inhabited only by those who would return, the new by the majority who were to remain.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear whether by &amp;quot;old village&amp;quot; [[Laxton]] means only the old residential area, apparently south of the border wall (see below), or the larger area including the [[Government Station]].  If the latter was what he intended, it may be that sites 18 and 19 represent more or less temporary in-fill residences built by colonists awaiting repatriation to their home islands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We have described a semicircle in reaching the dispensary and are now facing south, with the village houses a hundred yards away on our left.  Between is the temporary [[maneaba]] used also as a court house.  We cross, and walk through the village, greeting the smiling women and talking to the old men ...&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the point where they begin to &amp;quot;cross,&amp;quot; [[Laxton]] and Aram appear to have been standing near the west end of the low stone wall bordering the south side of the [[Government Station]], near Babae Pit Site 10.  The village houses and temporary [[maneaba]] must then have been in the area to the southeast of this pit, southwest of the wall.  We did not systematically inspect this area in 1989, and indeed have not really done so at this writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here Laxton&#039;s walk, takes him and Aram down through [[Ritiati]] to [[Noriti]], to the &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039;, and elsewhere; we will have occasion to rejoin him later.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== East Side of the Parade Ground ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Laxton]] never describes what are now two of the Government Station&#039;s more impressive ruined buildings, which we labeled Sites 4 and 5.  Site 4 (Fig. N-16)comprises a 25 cm. high concrete foundation platform seven meters long by 4.3 meters wide, with a two by three meter extension to the northeast, connecting with a stone-lined path leading to the Rest House.  In 1989 a steel safe stood at the north corner of this platform, atop four short, stout posts impregnated with creosote; as a result the building came to be called the Safe House.  The building had apparently been constructed at least in part of composition siding, with green wood shutters or window covers; the remains of the front wall, collapsed inward, lay on the surface of the platform.  Two black-slipped clay bottles, square in cross section with pour-spouts, lay in the corner opposite the safe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eleven meters southwest along the road, Site 5 consists of a square coral and concrete platform about 30 cm high and seven meters on a side.  Several creosote-soaked posts and the remains of 1 cm-mesh screens in wood frames lay on its surface, grown through by coconuts that were taking root in cracks in the cement.  On the ground next to the northeast side of this structure was a fragment of a flat concrete slab -- noted and photographed again in 1997 -- with a date and name inscribed in it.  The date is clearly 10/2/39 (10 February 1939 in the British system of date notation).  The name, obscured by cracks, was initially recorded in the field as being something like &amp;quot;Arana Jama/ia,&amp;quot; but could well be &amp;quot;Aram Tamia,&amp;quot; Gallagher&#039;s assistant and later Island Magistrate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1939, the site of the [[Government Station]] had apparently not even been selected, so it is unlikely that this date represents the time when the building on Site 5 was constructed.  We have no record of anything happening on [[Nikumaroro]] in February of 1939, other than continuing clearing of [[buka]] forest and planting of [[coconuts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Safe House (Site 4) may represent the colony&#039;s cooperative store; certainly the safe would suggest that financial transactions took place here.  However, when recorded in 1989 the safe stood on short lengths of creosote treated post about 40 cm. in diameter.  Similar posts, often five and more meters long, are common in the &amp;quot;new&amp;quot; village, and are most likely antenna masts from the Loran Station.  If they are, then their presence under the safe suggests that the safe was installed in the Safe House, or at least put on its posts, sometime after 1946.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The store building near the landing (described below) was identified as such by the sign on its façade, announcing it to be &amp;quot;Gardner Co-Op Store, 1940.&amp;quot;  However, it seems that the 1940 date is that of the store&#039;s founding, not that of the building&#039;s construction.  [[Laxton tells]] us that in 1949 &amp;quot;the cooperative store was allotted a site near the landing place, but still convenient to the village.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, he notes that after the decision to reorganize the colony, &amp;quot;much time… was spent on the cooperative Society which, strictly speaking, did not exist, for the vacuum left by Gallagher&#039;s death stunted development of the workmen&#039;s ration store which existed in his time.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if the store was originally in the Safe House, and moved to the landing around 1949, why was the safe left sitting in the old building on posts which could not have been retrieved from the Loran Station until after 1946?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another possibility is that the Safe House represents an administrative building where the business of the colony was conducted, including disbursement of the wages paid to the workers.  Its proximity to the Rest House, to which it is connected by a short, neat path lined in coral slabs, supports this possibility.  The bottom line, however, is that we do not know what sort of building either the Safe House or the Site 5 house represents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sites 6 and 7 are rectangular clusters of creosote-soaked upright posts, apparently representing houses constructed after abandonment of the [[LORAN Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Cistern ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Southwest of the [[Government Station]] along Sir Harry Luke Avenue, the 20,000 gallon cistern built under Jack Kimo Petro&#039;s supervision still stands, and as of 1999 was still full of water (Fib. N-17).  This concrete structure, about five by seven meters on a side, has a peaked corrugated metal roof from which water collects in gutters and is channeled into the interior.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;quot;Noonan&#039;s Tavern&amp;quot; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exploring the village shoreline west-southwest of the Government Station, we encountered a house site with a rather dense concentration of debris, notably including many bottles.  Reflecting the popular if unsubstantiated myth about Fred Noonan&#039;s bibitory propensities, we called this site &amp;quot;Noonan&#039;s Tavern&amp;quot; (Fig. N-18).  The site had four standing and two fallen houseposts whose distribution suggested a rectangular building about four meters wide and five meters long.  A number of beams and poles apparently represented the remains of the roof.  The density of material on this site, and the fact that some of it was aluminum, led us to record it in some detail, as shown in Figure N-18 and Table N-1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE N-1: ARTIFACTS AND STRUCTURAL REMAINS ON NOONAN&#039;S TAVERN SITE&lt;br /&gt;
(NUMBERS KEYED TO FIGURE N-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fallen post, notched, 2 meters long, eroded end toward shore, 20 cm diameter&lt;br /&gt;
2. Beam, natural (not milled), narrowed at ends, 8 meters long, 10 cm diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Curved beam, ends cut at angle, with round head galvanized nails.  About 6 cm diameter, 2 meters long.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Standing post 2 meters high, 25 cm diameter, notched parallel with shore.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Straight beam, natural (not milled), 15 cm diameter, heavy ferrous spikes in ends.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Standing post 2 meters high, 25 cm diameter, similar to #4, with several 16-penny common nails.&lt;br /&gt;
7. Curved beam similar to #3, ends cut at angle.  East end rests in small Tournefortia tree.&lt;br /&gt;
8. Small eroded beam.&lt;br /&gt;
9. Standing post ith natural &amp;quot;Y&amp;quot; oriented parallel to shore.  Leans east.&lt;br /&gt;
10. Badly rotted milled plank ca. 25x5 cm x 3 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
11. Badly eroded beam with galvanized finishing nails&lt;br /&gt;
12. Curved beam 3 meters long, 20 cm. diameter, ends notched, with various nails.  Lies on #11.&lt;br /&gt;
13. Badly eroded beam, lies on #12.&lt;br /&gt;
14. Several badly eroded short beams.&lt;br /&gt;
15. Standing post similar to #s 4, 6.&lt;br /&gt;
16. Fallen post, dimensions same as #s 4, 6, 15.&lt;br /&gt;
17. Artifact 2-1-V-18 (aluminum dado, collected).&lt;br /&gt;
18. Aluminum corona suppression ring from antenna (Loran station)&lt;br /&gt;
19. Clear bottle, fluted shoulders and base-sides.  Embossed on base with &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;M&amp;quot; within flared, open-bottomed rectangle, symbols &amp;quot;1S 288&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
20. Brown bottle, bottom embossed &amp;quot;Duncan Harwood &amp;amp; Co, Ltd., Vancouver, Canada; Bottle Made in USA, 101 49 7A.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
21. Enamel pan.&lt;br /&gt;
22. Brown bottle, bottom embossed with &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;M&amp;quot; within flared, open-bottomed rectangle, symbols &amp;quot;I 5M-1 32.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
23. Brown bottle, oval cross-section, bottom embossed with &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;M&amp;quot; within flared, open-bottomed rectangle, symbols &amp;quot;I 5M-430.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
24. Several badly eroded small planks.&lt;br /&gt;
25. Fragments of green glass fishing float.&lt;br /&gt;
26. Heavy brown bottle, bottom embossed &amp;quot;S 559, WX4, UGB.&amp;quot;  Was sealed with a cork.&lt;br /&gt;
27.Four bottles:&lt;br /&gt;
• Clear, shouldered, 1 liter, pry-off top, embossed circular logo on base: overlapping &amp;quot;G&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;M,&amp;quot; and date &amp;quot;1945.  Legend embossed on side: &amp;quot;Grey &amp;amp; Menzies, New Zealand.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
• Clear, 1 liter, screw top, fluted shoulders, plain &amp;quot;2&amp;quot; embossed on base.&lt;br /&gt;
• Clear, perhaps 1/2 liter, screw top, &amp;quot;ABC&amp;quot; embossed on base.&lt;br /&gt;
• Green, pry-off top, &amp;quot;AGW and &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; embossed on base.&lt;br /&gt;
28. Four bottles&lt;br /&gt;
• Brown, pry-off top, same as #22 except &amp;quot;86&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;32.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
• Brown, pry-off top.  Same as above except &amp;quot;67&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;86.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
• Screw top, oval cross-section, &amp;quot;OXFORD&amp;quot; embossed on shoulder, &amp;quot;The Property of Nugget Polis Ply Ltd.&amp;quot; embossed around base.&lt;br /&gt;
• Corked bottle, pronounced kick-up base.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Attempts to relocate Noonan&#039;s Tavern in 1991, 1997, and 1999 have been unsuccessful; it was probably destroyed by the heavy storm surges that apparently struck the island in 1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New Village, Ritiati/Noriti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Introduction =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Paul Laxton]], referring to himself in the third person, says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A Lands Commissioner from Mr. Cartland&#039;s staff arrived on 1 January, 1949, and flatly presented this hard, realistic, Gideon-like policy.  The weaker members should pack up and go: if they proved to be a great proportion of the island community then the whole settlement would be given up and a copra plantation formed.  Otherwise, new blood would come in on a system of leaseholds, receiving a block of planted land in return for which they should clear and plant specified areas for government.  After three years the future of the pioneer settlement would be reviewed.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision having been made that most of the colonists would remain and try to make a go of the colony, Laxton describes the clearing of the land from the vicinity of the landing southeast through [[Noriti]], and the assignment there of kainga land.   This would lead to a wholesale shift of the village south from the immediate area of the Government Station to the southern part of [[Ritiati]] and the northern part of [[Noriti]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;quot;Laxton Lane&amp;quot; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step was to construct a road extending south from [[the landing]] vicinity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To the south, the land [[Noriti]] was still dense bush jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon...  At the end of the day we had cut a mile of rough track, reaching the nearer [[baneawa]] flat on the north of the peninsula of [[Nei Manganibuka|Nei Manganibuka&#039;s]] [[ghost maneaba]].  Next day we returned, rectifying our trace here and there to give a smoothly curving alignment...  By the end of the day the road was pegged and the gang started in to widen it to eighteen feet, digging up roots, transplanting young coconut trees, smoothing the surface.&amp;quot;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To judge from a sketch-map appended by [[Laxton]] to a memorandum describing his work, this road was not an extension of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, but was offset to the northeast.  Sir Harry Luke Avenue began near the Cooperative Store and ran north-northwest, while the new road began near the lagoon shore and ran east-southeast.  Both had their beginnings at a road that ran from [[the landing]] to the lagoon; we have been unable to trace this road, but it must more or less parallel the natural route of march across [[Ritiati]], which we have come to call the &amp;quot;Gallagher Highway.&amp;quot;  This &amp;quot;highway&amp;quot; is not the original cross-Ritiati road, however; it crosses a number of walls and house sites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxton&#039;s road--which for want of a more &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; name we called Laxton Lane, runs rather close to the lagoon shore, and parallel to it.  Wherever we were able to find it, it was about six meters wide, and like Sir Harry Luke Avenue was lined with small standing coral slablets.  Although Laxton says it was &amp;quot;smoothly curving,&amp;quot; wherever we encountered it and could trace it for any distance (seldom more than 30 or 40 meters) it appeared to be dead straight.  Its southeastern end was entirely lost in [[mao]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An airphoto dated xxxxx (Fig. N-19) shows another road that is an extension of Sir Harry Luke Avenue, running more or less parallel with Laxton Lane near the center of [[Ritiati]].  We found no more than fragments of this road; it may not have been as formally marked as Laxton Lane, though it appears to have been the road to which many of the houses of the new village were oriented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== House Sites and Public Facilities =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the road in place, the land of the new village could be allotted to the various [[kaingas]] for their use and residence:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;There was long talk among the people to determine the measurement to be adopted for their [[kainga lands]] here, and after much discussion all agreed that they should be one hundred feet in width and run in strips from lagoon to sea.  These were then carefully measured out and pegged, all being present at the driving of each peg to minimize the chance of later dispute.  ...  Next day commenced the erection of the boundary marks.  We allotted some spoilt cement and damaged piping and old paint from the U.S. radio site stores, title in which had been passed to the British Government.  Old Kirata and assistants cut the pipe into four-foot lengths; the cement was mixed, pits dug under each peg, part filled with clean rubble, the length of pipe driven in erect and its foot bound with cement.  A number was given to each plot and engraved in the wet cement.  Later they returned and filled the engraved numbers with pitch, painted the projecting pipes, topping them with scarlet for gay effect...  Each landowner, sure of his lines, then threw himself and his family into the work of clearing.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;They waited on us, asking that the house plots be demarcated.  This was done by the Magistrate Aram and the old men while we watched.  The houses stood back a uniform distance from the road, each a uniform size and in the centre of its plot.  The area in which the houses stood was to be bare-clean, even of grass; the strip between road and lagoon to be equally clean and kept for canoe houses.  Behind the dwellings, the eating and cook-houses, to leeward in the prevailing trade winds, were also to be uniform.&amp;quot;     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The house sites were quickly developed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout [[pandanus]] or of [[te non tree]], prefabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it on to the corner posts.  Returning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below its skirting indicated its means of propulsion.  Next day a small regatta of houses came saling down the lagoon, brought from the week-end cottages on the Aukaraime land; after beaching themselves opposite the new village they too walked, centipedally, up the beach to the site.  Within a week the move was complete, the old village area now inhabited only by those who would return, the new by the majority who were to remain.&amp;quot;   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new village was also to have public facilities:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;They showed me a deep well, dug by Gallagher and Jack Kima with dynamite, twenty and more feet deep, giving always pure water. Near it was the site of the permanent [[maneaba]] in the approximate centre of the village.  At the northern end of the village would be the Protestant mission school, at the southern end the Catholic, under Ten Teibi, a fine man in high regard of the community.  The cooperative store was allotted a site near the landing place, but still convenient to the village.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The presence of a large aluminum box near the cooperative store led us to record its provenience, including the store itself (Figure 20) and three nearby house sites (Figure N-21).  In 1989 the store was substantially erect.  Like other public buildings on the island it was a five by seven meter rectangle, standing on a low coral rubble platform lined with standing coral slabs on at least three sides (The fourth side was substantially buried by sand and coconut debris).  The lower meter or so of the walls was clad in corrugated metal, with milled planks above.  A door opening to the northeast let onto a small porch with a sloping shed roof of corrugated metal, above which was a sign: &amp;quot;1940: Gardner Co-Op Store.&amp;quot;  There were two windows on one side wall, one window and a door on the other; the end wall opposite the main door was blank.  One of the windows on the three-window side was wide and held a counter -- typical of stores in the Pacific.  The smaller windows that flanked it, and the one opposite, had hinged flap covers (referred to as &amp;quot;typhoon windows&amp;quot; elsewhere in the Pacific because they can be closed tight in the event of a storm).  The roof was steeply pitched and covered with corrugated metal.  Inside were a steel single bed frame and a dead cat.  The store collapsed between our 1989 and 1991 visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The house sites immediately north of the store were similar to those at the [[Government Station]].  House site A had no standing structural elements left, but apparently had been a typical five by seven meter structure with corner posts; two of these remained, fallen.  In one corner was a scrap of 1 cm mesh screen and a 55-gallon drum, probably a water container that received rainwater from the roof.  Near the southeast side was a concentration of artifacts, the components of which are listed in Table N-2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE N-2: ARTIFACTS AND STRUCTURAL REMAINS ON HOUSE SITE A, COOPERATIVE STORE NEIGHBORHOOD&lt;br /&gt;
(NUMBERS KEYED TO FIGURE N-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Galvanized bucket&lt;br /&gt;
2. Galvanized sheet with large punched holes&lt;br /&gt;
3. Clear jar, ca. 1/2 gallon, with &amp;quot;Bushell&#039;s xxx49 P 1535&amp;quot; embossed on the base (Bushell&#039;s jars on House Site C bear the numerals &amp;quot;11049&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
4. Brown bottle with &amp;quot;C&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;M&amp;quot; in a flared, open-bottomed rectangle embossed on the base, together with &amp;quot;F1278,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;M,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;17.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fallen post&lt;br /&gt;
6. 1 gallon paint can&lt;br /&gt;
7. Ferrous machine parts.&lt;br /&gt;
8. Artifact 2-2-V-1, the navigator&#039;s bookcase.&lt;br /&gt;
9. Clear bottle with &amp;quot;9 1 6 6&amp;quot; embossed on base&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
House Site B apparently represented a house about the same size as that at Site A, again with no standing elements.  Fallen beams lay at the northwest corner, and a ferrous bed frame occupied the southwest corner.  A 55-gallon drum lay on its side near the northwest corner.  The only artifact noted was an aluminum eating plate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
House Site C was similar to A and B in size, again with no standing elements.  Decayed parallel planking suggested a raised wooden floor, but could have represented a fallen wall.  Bottles, jars, the remains of a wooden table, and fallen beams were noted but not recorded in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson says that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A [[Gilbertese]] village has three buildings to each bata or household.  The sleeping and living quarter fronts the village street.  Behind it is the eating room, about twelve feet away, and behind again the cookhouse.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three house sites in the Cooperative Store neighborhood may represent the living quarters of three batas, but it is equally possible that they were all associated with a single bata, or divided between two families.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get a general feel for the organization and content of the new village, a 250-meter swath from ocean to lagoon was inspected, just southeast of the landing place.  Ten team members walked five-meter transects across this area, noting, sketch-mapping, and photographing houses, graves, artifact concentrations, and other things of interest. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually everything found was to the southwest of Laxton Lane, toward the ocean shore.  House sites were set up to 100 meters back from Laxton Lane, but apparently strung out along the extension of Sir Harry Luke Avenue that shows in the xxxxx airphoto.  Graves and artifact concentrations, many of the latter obviously derived from the [[LORAN station]], tended to lie between the houses and the road.  Northeast of Laxton Lane the land was heavily grown over with mao, and the distance to the lagoon shore was not great.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure N-22 is a sketch-map of the area inspected, and Table N-3 briefly describes observations.  Sites noted -- i.e., structures, concentrations of artifacts, and other evidence of human occupation -- break down into the following categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
• House sites:  Eight noted, typically represented by standing or fallen corner posts, sometimes standing coral slabs, sometimes low creosote-impregnated posts, forming rectangles about four by five meters, oriented perpendicular to Laxton Lane.  Often associated with 55-gallon drums, which probably represent water catching and storage facilities, and with artifact scatters.  One structure (Site 20) is represented by a massive, continuous coral stone foundation.  The house sites are distributed at fairly regular intervals of 30 to 50 meters -- the approximate width of the mwenga parcels laid out under Laxton&#039;s supervision.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Cookhouse sites:  Less clearly rectilinear than house sites, with abundant charcoal and scattered artifacts.  Only one noted (Site 6), probably associated with housesite 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Pig pens(?):  These two structures are softly rectangular to circular, two to three meters wide, with off-set openings (Figure N-23).  Walls are one to 1.5 meters high, made of dry-laid coral.  Kaitara Kotuna opined that they represented pigsties, but was not certain.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Graves:  Graves are typically low platforms of coral rubble lined with slablets, oriented northeast-southwest.  Sometimes broken glass is found on the platform surface, and sometimes higher slabs are placed at the ends.  Of the eight gravesites noted, one was a single unusually broad platform, apparently covering two bodies, one comprised three graves side by side, and three were quite small, almost surely the graves of children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Walls:  We noted a number of low stone walls running perpendicular to Laxton Lane, but could never trace any of them very far in the dense vegetation.  The clearest pair are associated with House Site 8 (Fig. N-24).  About 40 meters apart, they probably bound the parcel assigned to the Site 8 mwenga.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Pond and well:  A pond about ten meters in diameter (Site 3), near house sites 4 and 5, may represent a babae pit.  A stone-lined hole about a meter across, on the lagoon side of Laxton Lane (Site 15) may be a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Artifact clusters:  Concentrations of artifacts sometimes occur in association with structures, sometimes by themselves.  Their contents suggest that they represent material salvaged from the Loran station  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE N-3: SITES RECORDED IN 250-METER TRANSECT SURVEY OF &lt;br /&gt;
NEW VILLAGE SOUTHEAST OF GALLAGHER HIGHWAY&lt;br /&gt;
(NUMBERS KEYED TO FIGURE N-22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Probable house site with child&#039;s grave, two adult graves.&lt;br /&gt;
2. &amp;quot;Pig pen&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Pond/babae pit&lt;br /&gt;
4. Probable house site with elaborate adult grave&lt;br /&gt;
5. Probable house site with pigpen&lt;br /&gt;
6. Cookhouse site, possibly associated with site 5&lt;br /&gt;
7. House site with foundation&lt;br /&gt;
8. House site with rectangle of standing coral slabs (probable foundation), border walls, &amp;quot;pig pen,&amp;quot; corrugated metal sheets and 55-gallon drum that may represent the cookhouse, concentration of enamel pans (Figure xxxx).&lt;br /&gt;
9. Probable house site: 55-gallon drums, ferrous pipes, four standing corner posts, enamel pan, rusted ferrous metal.&lt;br /&gt;
10. Two &amp;quot;pig pens&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
11. Piece of sheet brass, isolated&lt;br /&gt;
12. Four 55-gallon drums, aluminum distillery unit, ferrous metal, pots, pans, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
13. Large institutional sink, 55 gallon drums, aluminum distillery unit case, apparently fits unit at site 12.&lt;br /&gt;
14. Child&#039;s grave&lt;br /&gt;
15. Stone-lined well&lt;br /&gt;
16. Four creosote-soaked poles&lt;br /&gt;
17. House foundation&lt;br /&gt;
18. Two adult graves&lt;br /&gt;
19. House site&lt;br /&gt;
20. House site with massive stone foundation&lt;br /&gt;
21. Aluminum tray, 55-gallon drum, coca-cola bottles, Bryl Cream bottle, ferrous rust, aluminum mess kit&lt;br /&gt;
22. Structure ruin with ferrous roof members, radio parts, paint cans, bottles, etc.  Triple grave.&lt;br /&gt;
23. Two large galvanized water heater tanks&lt;br /&gt;
24. Two creosote soaked poles&lt;br /&gt;
25. Two graves: one adult, one child.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== The Well and Maneaba =====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Maneaba.jpg|thumb|300px|&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Maneaba and well&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NewVillage.jpg|thumb|300px|&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The New Village&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
At the east end of the inspected area -- though close to the center of the new village as shown on aerial photos -- we discovered what we take to be the well that Laxton mentions, dug by Gallagher and Jack Kimo Petro with dynamite.  The well is a large pit, about eight meters across and now two meters deep, in the coral shelf and rubble near the lagoon shore northeast of Laxton Lane and a short distance beyond Site 25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As noted above, Laxton said that the permanent [[maneaba]] was to be built near the well.  Elsewhere he reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Recently the islanders built and dedicated their permanent maneaba, that combination of assembly hall and shrine of tradition which is the centre of Gilbertese community, and named it &#039;Uen Maungan I Karaka,&#039; an idiomatic phrase which may be equally translated &#039;Flower to the Memory of Gallagher&#039; and &#039;The Flowering of Gallagher&#039;s Achievement.&#039;  Thus they commemorate the English gentleman whose devotion and leadership made their new home possible.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About twenty meters northwest of the well, we found the remains of what must have been Uen Maungan I Karaka (Fig. N-25).  The [[maneaba]] itself was eighteen meters long and ten meters wide, oriented NW-SE parallel to the shore.  It sat on a typical low coral rubble platform lined with slablets, 24 meters long and 22 meters wide.  The open platform was wider to the northeast of the building (nine meters) than to the southwest (three meters).  &amp;quot;Porches&amp;quot; on the ends were three meters wide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The structure itself had completely collapsed, but for two standing posts.  Corners of the building were marked with small upright slabs.  The building had apparently had a peaked roof that collapsed to the northwest, and a number of curving roof members.  A badly deteriorated piece of sheet metal near the center of the structure suggested that it had been at least partly tin-roofed.  A single steel adze bit was collected from inside the structure (Artifact 2-1-V-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most interesting feature of the [[maneaba]], besides its size and unique curved roof members, was the fact that it was painted.  The standing posts were painted in alternating bands of red, blue, and white, and at least some of the roof members were blue with white stars and spots.  The &amp;quot;Flower to the Memory of Gallagher,&amp;quot; appropriately, was painted in the colors of the Union Jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Landing and Channel ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early landings on the island (e.g., those of the [[New Zealand survey]] party, of [[Maude and Bevington&#039;s 1937 party]], and of the first working party in 1938), were across or around the wreck of the &#039;&#039;[[Norwich City]]&#039;&#039;.  During Gallagher&#039;s time at least some landings must have been made on the northwest shore of [[Ritiati]], where the whaleboat [[Nei Manganibuka]] was based.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we arrived in 1989, the channel monument was standing though completely obscured by mao.  When cleared it was a visually dramatic feature of the shorescape, about five meters high and two meters on a side, on a stone base (Fig. N-26).  Apparently the core was made of coral blocks or rubble, within a framework made of steel reinforcing bars (rebar).  The rebars were bent to flare at the top, forming a sort of basket that was filled with coral, the whole then being plastered with cement.  Though cracked and spalling in some places, the monument in 1989 looked like the solidest, most likely to be permanent, piece of human work on the island.  As noted below, in 1991 it was gone.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== The Beach ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metal detector survey along the village shoreline southward from [[the landing]] yielded eleven &amp;quot;hits,&amp;quot; ten of which proved to be fragments of heavily oxidized ferrous metal, probably bits of [[Norwich City|&#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039; wreckage]].  Hit #9 was a cigarette lighter that proved to be of 1930s vintage, assigned artifact #[[2-2-V-7]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team Members ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Richard E. Gillespie]], Project Director&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Patricia R. Thrasher]], Expedition Director&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Michael J. Bowman #0758, underwater team&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[John Clauss]] #0142&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* William Decker #0010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mary DeWitt #0704&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Veryl Fenlason #0053&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Thomas F. Gannon, Lt. Col. USAF (Ret.) #0539&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jessica Krakow, Ph.D. #0299 Physical Sciences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Kautuna Kaitara, Observer, Republic of Kiribati&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas F. King, Ph.D.]] #0391, Archaeologist&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* LeRoy Knoll #0750, underwater team&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* H. J. “Dutch” Kluge #0174, underwater team&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Joseph M. Latvis #0185, underwater team&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Dr. Tommy L. Love, D.O. #0457, Medicine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Russell Matthews]] #0509, Photography&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Richard A. Schreiber, Ph.D. #0491, Team Forging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* C. Bart Whitehouse, Ph. D. #0657, Communications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Diane Whitehouse #0657&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Julie Williams, R.N. #0763&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Thomas A Willi, CDR USN (Ret.)]] #0537, Navigational Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this category marker at the bottom.  You may add this article to other categories if you wish --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Expeditions|Niku 1989]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6425</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6425"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T23:44:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;kawa&#039;&#039; had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (&#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039;) and the household had come into being.  The &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Mwenga&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like the one on Nikumaroro was the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; members, and the sections of &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits that they controlled.  The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and &#039;&#039;babae.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Babae&#039;&#039; plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (&#039;&#039;kaewe&#039;&#039;) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.  There may have been more of a cash economy on Nikumaroro, whose initial adult male residents were all government employees working to clear the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039;, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called &#039;&#039;aomata.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Anti&#039;&#039; could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of &#039;&#039;kainga,&#039;&#039; the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the Tunguru or I Kiribati people.  Ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were called upon by descendant &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or &#039;&#039;tamnei,&#039;&#039; which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the &#039;&#039;tamnei&#039;&#039; had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Particular spots were known as locations where &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial adult male colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner,&amp;quot; as Knudson calls it, did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Kimo Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief &#039;&#039;Kaubure&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Kaubures&#039;&#039; from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent m&#039;&#039;aneaba&#039;&#039; was completed, a major debate broke out about &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had genealogical primacy, and hence whose &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; should occupy which &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as &#039;&#039;bakatibu&#039;&#039;, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as &#039;&#039;boti,&#039;&#039; (but) as &#039;&#039;ana tabo Toma&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039;&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was named &#039;&#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039;&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&#039;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as &#039;&#039;Matang&#039;&#039;.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&amp;quot; (Grimble)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&amp;quot; (Grimble&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&amp;quot; (Grimble)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree ([[Pisonia grandis]]) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree.&amp;quot; (Grimble) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants&amp;quot; (Laxton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;&#039;maneaba,&#039;&#039; and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931, became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- many or most men still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own &#039;&#039;mwengas,&#039;&#039; nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; but he barely began this program before he was first drawn away to help establish the coastwatcher network in Tuvalu, and then struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers&amp;quot; (Gallagher progress report).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III (to Laxton&#039;s 1949 report) and the sketch maps in Appendix IV through VI.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island&amp;quot; (Laxton 1949).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Police led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere&amp;quot; (Knudson).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6424</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6424"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T23:42:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;kawa&#039;&#039; had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (&#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039;) and the household had come into being.  The &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Mwenga&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like the one on Nikumaroro was the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; members, and the sections of &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits that they controlled.  The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and &#039;&#039;babae.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Babae&#039;&#039; plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (&#039;&#039;kaewe&#039;&#039;) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.  There may have been more of a cash economy on Nikumaroro, whose initial adult male residents were all government employees working to clear the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039;, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called &#039;&#039;aomata.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Anti&#039;&#039; could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of &#039;&#039;kainga,&#039;&#039; the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the Tunguru or I Kiribati people.  Ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were called upon by descendant &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or &#039;&#039;tamnei,&#039;&#039; which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the &#039;&#039;tamnei&#039;&#039; had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Particular spots were known as locations where &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial adult male colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner,&amp;quot; as Knudson calls it, did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Kimo Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief &#039;&#039;Kaubure&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Kaubures&#039;&#039; from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent m&#039;&#039;aneaba&#039;&#039; was completed, a major debate broke out about &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had genealogical primacy, and hence whose &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; should occupy which &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as &#039;&#039;bakatibu&#039;&#039;, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as &#039;&#039;boti,&#039;&#039; (but) as &#039;&#039;ana tabo Toma&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039;&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was named &#039;&#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039;&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&#039;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as &#039;&#039;Matang&#039;&#039;.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree ([[Pisonia grandis]]) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree.&amp;quot; (Grimble) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&amp;quot; (Maude &amp;amp; Maude)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants&amp;quot; (Laxton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;&#039;maneaba,&#039;&#039; and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931, became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- many or most men still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own &#039;&#039;mwengas,&#039;&#039; nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; but he barely began this program before he was first drawn away to help establish the coastwatcher network in Tuvalu, and then struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers&amp;quot; (Gallagher progress report).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III (to Laxton&#039;s 1949 report) and the sketch maps in Appendix IV through VI.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island&amp;quot; (Laxton 1949).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Police led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere&amp;quot; (Knudson).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6423</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6423"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T22:37:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Minor editing throughout.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;kawa&#039;&#039; had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (&#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039;) and the household had come into being.  The &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Mwenga&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like the one on Nikumaroro was the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; members, and the sections of &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits that they controlled.  The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and &#039;&#039;babae.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Babae&#039;&#039; plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (&#039;&#039;kaewe&#039;&#039;) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.  There may have been more of a cash economy on Nikumaroro, whose initial adult male residents were all government employees working to clear the land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039;, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called &#039;&#039;aomata.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Anti&#039;&#039; could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of &#039;&#039;kainga,&#039;&#039; the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the Tunguru or I Kiribati people.  Ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were called upon by descendant &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or &#039;&#039;tamnei,&#039;&#039; which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the &#039;&#039;tamnei&#039;&#039; had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  Particular spots were known as locations where &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of &#039;&#039;anti,&#039;&#039; and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial adult male colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner,&amp;quot; as Knudson calls it, did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Kimo Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief &#039;&#039;Kaubure&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Kaubures&#039;&#039; from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent m&#039;&#039;aneaba&#039;&#039; was completed, a major debate broke out about &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had genealogical primacy, and hence whose &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; should occupy which &#039;&#039;boti.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as &#039;&#039;bakatibu&#039;&#039;, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as &#039;&#039;boti,&#039;&#039; (but) as &#039;&#039;ana tabo Toma&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039;&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was named &#039;&#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039;&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&#039;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as &#039;&#039;Matang&#039;&#039;.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree ([[Pisonia grandis]]) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants&amp;quot; (Laxton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;&#039;maneaba,&#039;&#039; and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931, became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some &#039;&#039;buka&#039;&#039; soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- many or most men still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own &#039;&#039;mwengas,&#039;&#039; nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; but he barely began this program before he was first drawn away to help establish the coastwatcher network in Tuvalu, and then struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers&amp;quot; (Gallagher progress report).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III (to Laxton&#039;s 1949 report) and the sketch maps in Appendix IV through VI.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island&amp;quot; (Laxton 1949).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Police led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&amp;quot; (Laxton 1950). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere&amp;quot; (Knudson).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6422</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6422"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:35:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* The Mwenga */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;kawa&#039;&#039; had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (&#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039;) and the household had come into being.  The &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Mwenga&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like the one on Nikumaroro was the &#039;&#039;mwenga,&#039;&#039; or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; members, and the sections of &#039;&#039;babae&#039;&#039; pits that they controlled.  The &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;s&#039;&#039; male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and &#039;&#039;babae.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;Babae&#039;&#039; plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served &#039;&#039;babai&#039;&#039; when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (&#039;&#039;kaewe&#039;&#039;) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6421</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6421"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:28:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Twentieth Century Organizational Changes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;kawa&#039;&#039; had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (&#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039;) and the household had come into being.  The &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Mwenga ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like Karaka was the mwenga, or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mwenga&#039;s economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of mwenga members, and the sections of babae pits that they controlled.  The mwenga&#039;s male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and babae.  Babae plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, babai was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served babai when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the kainga no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other boti groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (kaewe) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6420</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6420"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:25:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Control of Land and Resources */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; owned land on which its dwelling house (&#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039;), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; stood.  Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as &#039;&#039;buakonikai&#039;&#039; (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government maneaba where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the kainga were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of kainga and kawa had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (utu) and the household had come into being.  The boti, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Mwenga ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like Karaka was the mwenga, or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mwenga&#039;s economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of mwenga members, and the sections of babae pits that they controlled.  The mwenga&#039;s male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and babae.  Babae plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, babai was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served babai when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the kainga no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other boti groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (kaewe) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6419</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6419"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:24:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* I Kiribati Society in General */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; ([[I Kiribati]]) social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&amp;quot;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; had an assigned seating area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, called &#039;&#039;te boti&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;te inaki&#039;&#039; (commonly, &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039;).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (&#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039;) of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; occupying one &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the &#039;&#039;unimane&#039;&#039; of the third &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; summarized and that of the second (called &#039;&#039;Uea&#039;&#039; -- king or high chief of the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its &#039;&#039;boti&#039;&#039; was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te mwenga&#039;&#039;: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te kainga&#039;&#039;: a residence unit consisting of a number of &#039;&#039;mwenga&#039;&#039; and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;te kawa&#039;&#039;, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te boti:&#039;&#039; a political unit consisting of the members of a &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039; with its associated &#039;&#039;kawa,&#039;&#039; if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te oci:&#039;&#039; an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed &#039;&#039;te oci&#039;&#039;.).  The &#039;&#039;oci&#039;&#039; as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Te utu:&#039;&#039; a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The &#039;&#039;utu&#039;&#039; was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each kainga owned land on which its dwelling house (mwenga), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral anti stood.  Each kainga also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as buakonikai (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each kainga &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on kainga land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government maneaba where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the kainga were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of kainga and kawa had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (utu) and the household had come into being.  The boti, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Mwenga ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like Karaka was the mwenga, or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mwenga&#039;s economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of mwenga members, and the sections of babae pits that they controlled.  The mwenga&#039;s male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and babae.  Babae plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, babai was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served babai when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the kainga no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other boti groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (kaewe) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6418</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6418"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:14:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Traditional Social and Residential Organization */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; [[I Kiribati]] social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related kainga &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each kainga had an assigned seating area in the maneaba, called te boti or te inaki (commonly, boti).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (unimane) of the kainga occupying one boti had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the unimane of the third boti summarized and that of the second (called Uea -- king or high chief of the maneaba) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the kainga with its boti was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  Te mwenga: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  Te kainga: a residence unit consisting of a number of mwenga and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a kainga consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the kainga, te kawa, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated kainga.  Te boti: a political unit consisting of the members of a kainga with its associated kawa, if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the maneaba and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  Te oci: an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed te ooi.).  The oci as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  Te utu: a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The utu was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge. &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each kainga owned land on which its dwelling house (mwenga), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral anti stood.  Each kainga also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as buakonikai (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each kainga &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on kainga land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government maneaba where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the kainga were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of kainga and kawa had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (utu) and the household had come into being.  The boti, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Mwenga ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like Karaka was the mwenga, or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mwenga&#039;s economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of mwenga members, and the sections of babae pits that they controlled.  The mwenga&#039;s male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and babae.  Babae plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, babai was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served babai when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the kainga no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other boti groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (kaewe) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6417</id>
		<title>Ethnohistory of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ethnohistory_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=6417"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:13:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nikumaroro Colony: Social Organization and Social History&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Needs a lot of editing; attach footnotes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== I Kiribati Society in General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand the context in which aircraft pieces on Nikumaroro were harvested and used, and in which the 1940 discovery of bones occurred, it is necessary to understand something about the colonial village on southern Ritiati and northern Noriti -- its organization, its residents, and how those residents lived and used the land.  This in turn requires a little understanding of traditional &#039;&#039;Tunguru&#039;&#039; [[I Kiribati]] social organization and how it evolved in the 20th century.  The most pertinent discussion of these topics is by Kenneth Knudson, who studied the community on Manra (Sydney Island) around the time of its relocation to the Solomons.  Knudson discusses traditional social organization in southern [[Kiribati]] (the southern Gilberts), 20th century organizational changes, and the organization of Manra society as influenced by Harry Maude, Gerald Gallagher, and the Phoenix Islands Settlement Scheme (PISS).  The following is based largely on Knudson&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Traditional Social and Residential Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, each I Kiribati village was organized around a large community meeting house called &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;.  Without a &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; a village really was not a village.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Each of the villages of the southern Gilberts may be said to have had its inception when its &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039;, or community meeting house, was erected.  The &#039;&#039;maneaba&#039;&#039; was a communally-owned building situated on communally-owned land.  As such it was a neutral site where village residents came together to discuss matters which affected the entire population and where community-wide entertainment and ritual took place.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The community itself was made up of residential groups known as &#039;&#039;kainga&#039;&#039;, and this name was also assigned to the land on which the group lived.  &#039;&#039;Kaingas&#039;&#039; were basic organizational units in traditional I Kiribati society, and each was understood to be descended from a common ancestral spirit-being or &#039;&#039;anti.&#039;&#039;  A residential kin group without such an &#039;&#039;anti&#039;&#039; was referred to as kawa, and was subsidiary to a related kainga &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each kainga had an assigned seating area in the maneaba, called te boti or te inaki (commonly, boti).  These seating areas, and the rights and responsibilities ascribed to them, were extremely important in the life of the community.  In a meeting regarding village business, the male elder (unimane) of the kainga occupying one boti had the right to call the meeting, that of a second to speak first and offer an opinion, and that of a third to reply to the second.  After general discussion, the unimane of the third boti summarized and that of the second (called Uea -- king or high chief of the maneaba) rendered a binding decision.  A similar sequence of responsibilities and rights applied to meetings held to organize and conduct ritual, ceremonial, and festive activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the kainga with its boti was in many ways the basic element of community organization, there were other kinds of social groups as well.  Knudson summarizes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;To sum up, the pre-contact social organization of the southern Gilberts was composed of the following groups.  Te mwenga: a household group which had as its core a nuclear or extended family but might also include relatives of any degree as permanent or temporary members.  Te kainga: a residence unit consisting of a number of mwenga and subsidiary buildings standing within a circumscribed area.  The membership of a kainga consisted of a core of persons descended from a common ancestor plus their spouses and adopted persons.  A variant of the kainga, te kawa, was identical except that it had no sacred or religious connotations, and in this respect was subsidiary to an associated kainga.  Te boti: a political unit consisting of the members of a kainga with its associated kawa, if any.  The members of these residence units sat in a specific area in the maneaba and could collectively be assigned or assume responsibilities toward the other members of the community.  Te oci: an unlimited bilateral descent group consisting of all the descendants of the founding ancestor (who is himself termed te ooi.).  The oci as a group was important in the determination of land tenure, and the living members met to settle disputes over inheritance of the property of the founder.  Te utu: a kindred composed of all the living persons with whom ego shared an ancestor.  The utu was important in life-cycle events, ordinary social interaction, and the acquisition of skills and knowledge. &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
=== Control of Land and Resources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each kainga owned land on which its dwelling house (mwenga), its canoe house, and the shrine of its ancestral anti stood.  Each kainga also usually controlled land at a distance from the village, referred to as buakonikai (&amp;quot;among the trees&amp;quot;).  It might also control stone fish traps extending out into the lagoon or reef flat from the beach, sections of reef and lagoon, as well as sections of the reef or lagoon themselves, and portions of babae pits where root crops were grown.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knudson notes that each kainga &amp;quot;had its own sacred spot associated with an ancestral deity&amp;quot;   It is not clear whether by this he means the shrine built on kainga land, or another spot.  As we will see, there is a spot on Nikumaroro associated with the ancestress Manganibuka.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Twentieth Century Organizational Changes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of the migration to the [[Phoenix Islands]], the people of southern [[Kiribati]] had been in contact with the outside world for about a hundred years.  British administration had resulted in a number of important changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having established its own governmental control, the British administration delegated governance to local bodies established on each island.  Each such local government was headed by an Island Magistrate, and typically included as officials a &amp;quot;Chief Kaubure&amp;quot; -- a sort of executive officer -- together with a Chief of Police and several policemen, a Native Medical Practitioner and/or &amp;quot;Native Dresser,&amp;quot; and a Scribe.  The Scribe&#039;s duties included recording births and adoptions, weddings and deaths.   A Lands Commission was established to settle land disputes, and basic changes were made both in the organization of society and in how this organization expressed itself in space.  Knudson reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the establishment of British rule over the islands, a local government center was built on each island.  At this center were the offices of the island government, the residences of the government personnel, jails for men and for women, and a large government maneaba where all the people of the island could gather.  Churches were built in each village.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settlement pattern of the villages themselves was altered in the early years of the twentieth century when the kainga were broken up and houses erected on both sides of a central road to form a line village. With few exceptions, Knudson tells us, by the mid-1930s the closely knit kin groupings of kainga and kawa had fallen away, and a much more loosely organized social organization based on the bilateral kindred (utu) and the household had come into being.  The boti, however, remained an important feature of village organization on all islands except Arorae and Tamana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communal labor was expected of all village residents; from April through October of each year, all males over 18 years of age were expected to &amp;quot;answer the call&amp;quot; whenever significant public work was needed -- for example, building and maintaining roads, the Government Center, and public buildings.  Wages were paid for this work.  During the same period, women worked in such occupations as the preparation of coconut rope (sennit), a vital building material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result both of British governmental practice and the spread of Christianity, a seven-day week was observed in Kiribati, with Sunday given over to rest and worship.  Major Christian holidays like Christmas and Easter were observed, together with New Years and such locally specific events as the pandanus harvest, repair of the maneaba, communal fishing expeditions, and visits by important people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Mwenga ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic residential unit in a village like Karaka was the mwenga, or household.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average number of persons per household in the Gilberts in 1931 was 4.38 and on Beru, 4.24, according to the census of that year.  The house site comprised a minimum of three buildings: a sleeping house about 15 feet by 18 feet with a floor raised about three or four feet from the ground, a small cookhouse behind the sleeping house and on ground level, and a canoe shed.  The sleeping houses generally had no walls, though many had low walls about two feet high; screens of coconut-leaf matting could be let down for privacy or to keep out rains.  It was used for sleeping only, most daytime activities being carried on in the cookhouse or on the ground beneath the floor of the sleeping house.  The cookhouse was used for both cooking and eating, and sometimes had an attached room used for sleeping when the household numbered many personnel.  The canoe shed and cookhouse frequently doubled as bathrooms for changing wet clothing after bathing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Economy ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mwenga&#039;s economy was naturally grounded in the resources controlled by its inhabitants.   Major subsistence resources included the lands of mwenga members, and the sections of babae pits that they controlled.  The mwenga&#039;s male members performed agricultural tasks, including the care of coconuts, pandanus, and babae.  Babae plants were grown in large pits dug down to the level of the fresh-water lens.  A humus of leaves and grasses was placed around the growing shoots, sometimes packed in and retained by a basket-like container woven of coconut leaves.  The tubers took three to four years to reach useful size; since the pit area for growing it was limited, babai was rarely eaten except on special occasions.  It was considered to be indicative of the best of hospitality to be served babai when visiting in the house of another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fishing and shellfishing were also important sources of food.  I Kiribati prefer deep-sea fish, which were obtained by trolling, scoop netting by torch light, and stationary line fishing.  On the reef and in the lagoon, spears and knives were used for fishing, crayfishing, and to obtain octopus and bivalves.  Divers used &amp;quot;inexpensive goggles purchased from the local store&amp;quot;  to protect their eyes and assist in vision underwater. Fish traps -- coral stone enclosures built between the tide lines on beach slopes, passages, and reef flats --  were used to corral fish on ebb tides.  Canoe fishing and diving were men&#039;s work, though women cooperated in certain communal fishing activities, and presumably could gather shellfish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh water came from wells throughout the village, controlled communally.  Although in theory the kainga no longer controlled land, reef, and lagoon, &amp;quot;it was considered proper to ask permission of the appropriate household before foraging in areas which belonged to other boti groups&amp;quot;.  The traditional diet of fish, shellfish, coconut, pandanus fruit, babae, and coconut toddy (kaewe) was supplemented by purchased items such as tea, canned fish, and rice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-local foods and other goods were usually purchased through local trading cooperatives.  Such organizations had existed for some time in Tuvalu, and in the early 1930s Harry Maude brought the idea to the Gilberts where it was enthusiastically embraced.  Cooperative societies with officers were established, cutting across traditional organizational lines, though the paid personnel of each society usually comprised a single scribe to keep the books and tend the store.  A building was constructed in each village to house the cooperative&#039;s activities and goods.   Although the cooperative societies provided the basis for a cash economy, very little cash was in circulation in the islands, the only persons with regular money incomes being the officers of the island government, employees of the local co-operative societies, and mission personnel such as schoolteachers and local pastors.  At the village level the picture was one of a subsistence economy with money used only for the purchase of a few items such as cloth, soap, kerosene, tobacco, matches, and tools; these items having come to be considered necessities.  The funds for such purposes were acquired through the sale of copra, and this also was the means for paying the annual land tax levied by the central administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideology ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional I Kiribati religion featured deities and founding ancestors who were active in the creation, and from whom modern kainga descended.  These and other supernatural but humanoid creatures were called anti, as distinguished from living people and their immediate ancestors, called aomata.  Anti could control aspects of nature, but did not always do so; they could be called upon, if one knew how, to influence the weather, the sea, and the productivity of land and water, as well as love, learning, warfare, and prowess in the dance.  A rich body of tradition recounted the exploits of the ancestors and other anti, forming the history that accounted for the settlement of islands, the creation of kainga, the distribution of specialized knowledge, and the collective history of the I Kiribati people.  Ancestral anti were called upon by descendant kainga to advance their purposes, and to give direction to rites of passage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ghosts were also known as anti.  Each individual was understood to have a spirit, or tamnei, which at death traveled to a spirit home in the west.  To get there, the tamnei had to pass a series of tests, and if it was not successful it wandered about the homes of the living as an anti.  Such unquiet spirits could be dangerous to the living, though the exact nature of the danger does not seem to have been very thoroughly formulated.  Pregnant women were thought to be particularly vulnerable to harm by anti.  Particular spots were known as locations where anti were particularly likely to be encountered, and hence tended to be avoided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain individuals were understood to be adept at contacting and obtaining the assistance of anti, and were called upon by individuals and the community for their services.  Knudson says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a sorcerer decided to use his knowledge he retired to a private spot, generally near the sea.  The presence of the person, if any, who had requested his services, usually was required.  The equipment used included a coconut leaf trimmed to the size of the person for whom the sorcerer was acting, and some coconut oil scented with flowers or other aromatic materials and perhaps containing other ingredients important for the purpose.  The sorcerer used explicit incantations to summon his anti and command it to do his bidding  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity came to Kiribati in two major forms: as the Roman Catholic Church and via the Protestant London Missionary Society.    These authorities were often at odds with one another, but they were united in their opposition to traditional &amp;quot;paganism.&amp;quot;  In theory, the influence of  the Christian missionaries caused the propitiation of ancestral dieties to fall away, but Knudson reports that traditional rites continued to be carried out where the missionaries were not very powerful, and in secret even where missionary influence was more pervasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manra: a Model of Phoenix Islands Social Organization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro was unusual even among the Phoenix Islands in that its initial colonists were all government workers, whose long-term involvement as settlers was by no means certain.  Regular settlement was intended, with the development of a local community or communities along the lines discussed above, but it was delayed first to allow time for the growth of productive coconut plantations on Nikumaroro, and later by the death of Gallagher and the onset of World War II.  From the perspective of other PISS-colonized islands, the &amp;quot;long-postponed settlement of colonists on Gardner&amp;quot; did not even begin until the late 1940s or early 1950s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government&#039;s plan for Nikumaroro can be glimpsed in what was actually done on Manra, as described by Knudson.  Nine families of permanent settlers were landed on Manra in 1938, together with a couple of native laborers, a native policeman, a radio operator, and other government officials.  Gallagher remained on Manra most of the time, while Maude shuttled back and forth bringing more colonists and necessary supplies.  Work was first devoted to laying out and constructing villages and the government center, and to demarking land for allocation to settlers.  Demarking and distributing land was extremely important, of course, since land and its resources would be the basis for each mwenga&#039;s economic self-sufficiency.  Hence it was determined to divide the planted area (which already contained 7,000 coconut trees) into blocks of land containing 25 trees each.  Each adult settler was to receive one block in the center of the plantation where the trees were of best quality and a second block at the fringes of the planted area.  Lots were drawn to determine the assignment of blocks, and two weeks were allowed after the drawing during which time exchanges could be made and complaints heard.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each family constructed its house and outbuildings on its selected land, forming two villages named &amp;quot;Mauta&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Ona&amp;quot; in honor of Maude and his wife, Honor.   Houses were at least 25 yards from one another, and though &amp;quot;no rules had been laid down for their size or appearance, it had been made clear that the ordinances concerning sanitation and beautiful surroundings would be strictly enforced.   A government station was established, on which were built residences for the Native Magistrate, and other government personnel, together with a combination &amp;quot;rest house&amp;quot; and maneaba, a hospital and dispensary, a government store, a cooperative store, and a copra storage building.  Houses were also constructed for Gallagher and for Maude, but it is not clear whether these were in the government station or elsewhere.  Later a permanent maneaba for the whole island was added, together with a Native Court House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigs, chickens, and such food plants as bananas, pandanus, Ficus trees, papaya, and babai arrived on May 1, 1939 with Maude, together with materials for the construction of a large concrete cistern under Jack Petro&#039;s direction.  The island government was organized, including a Magistrate, Chief Kaubure and Kaubures from the two villages, Chief of Police and four policemen, and a Scribe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the permanent maneaba was completed, a major debate broke out about boti.  Since the colonists were from different islands, it was not clear whose kainga had genealogical primacy, and hence whose unimane should occupy which boti.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Gallagher finally settled the dispute by suggesting that the traditional boti system be abandoned.  Instead each household was to be given its own place to sit with no one being allowed in the place he had been accustomed to in the Gilberts.  This was accepted.  The household heads referred to themselves as bakatibu, or ancestors.  The new sitting places were not referred to as boti, (but) as &#039;ana tabo Toma&#039; or &#039;ana tabo Tabora&#039; (&#039;Toma&#039;s place&#039; and &#039;Tabora&#039;s place&#039;), and so on through the list of household heads.  In honor of Gallagher, the maneaba was named &#039;tabuki ni Karaka&#039; or &#039;Gallagher&#039;s accomplishment.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the time of Gallagher&#039;s death and the outbreak of World War II, Manra had a population of 302 colonists ; land had been allocated, mwenga were in place on their lands, the Government Station was in operation with its public buildings, an administrative system was in place, and a kind of kainga-like organization had been established to structure participation in the life of the maneaba.  As in southern Kiribati itself, the people of the island were organized in a way that reflected a blend of traditional lifeways with British administrative concepts, and a subsistence with a cash economy.  The Nikumaroro colony would follow a similar trajectory, but would be several years behind Manra in its development.  In its early phases, it was organized in quite a different manner, and this organization seems to have become &amp;quot;frozen&amp;quot; in place during the War years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro and Nei Manganibuka ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I Kiribati trace their ancestry to islands somewhere in the west referred to as Matang.  Tradition says that many I Kiribati sojourned in Samoa before migrating to the islands of Kiribati.  A number of stories tell of an island to the east or south of Samoa called Nikumaroro.  In some traditions this island, and the practice of taking its people to feed the kings of Samoa, was involved in the dispersal of the ancestral I Kiribati among the atolls to the north.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This was the custom of Tamoa (sic: Samoa): the first-born children of the land called Nikumaroro, which lay to southward, were taken to be the food of the Kings of the Tree.  That was the food of the Kings, even the first-born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then went Nareau to visit the people of Nikumaroro. He lay with a woman named Nei Mai, and begot a son on her, the man Teboi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Teboi who arose to prevent the canoe of the people of Tamoa, when it came from the East (sic) to take away the first-born.  He arose and stood before the canoe to destroy it.  After that, he made war upon Samoa, and behold! The people of Tamoa were conquered by Teboi, the son of Nareau with Nei Mai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That was the reason why the people of Samoa were all scattered abroad.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditions also recount that the ancestress Nei Manganibuka (a.k.a. Temanganibuka), closely associated with the buka tree (Pisonia grandis) brought the arts of navigation to many of the islands.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Nei Manganibuka&#039;s) brothers were jealous of her (sic: for her skill in navigation), and they sought a chance to do her to death.  So they took her out fishing, and when their canoe was far from land, they cast her into the sea.  And she drifted away, and stranded on Nikumaau, and she planted her float (betia), which was the branch of a Buka tree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The woman Temanganibuka (the branch of the buka tree), the daughter of Nakuaumai, set forth in her canoe and sailed eastwards; she carried with her a branch of the buka tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again she sailed southwards, and did not lower her sail until she came to Nikunau.  On that Island she landed, and planted the Manganibuka which she carried.  The branch grew roots and became a tree, and one of the branches of the tree was Teraka, the navigator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kobure and his sister Nei Manganibuka sailed away (from Samoa) and, when they reached Nikunau Nei Manganibuka jumped overboard and swam ashore.  There, she married and bore children.  It was through Nei Mangainbuka that the Nikunauans became skilled navigators&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although different traditions associate Nei Manganibuka with different islands both in Kiribati and in the legendary West, when the PISS exploration party arrived on Gardner Island in 1937 --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Gardner was called  &#039;Nikumaroro&#039;, after the home island of a Gilbertese ancestress Nei Manganibuka, who swam from her land I-am Tamoa (under the lee of Samoa) to Nikunau in the Southern Gilberts, bearing the branch of the first buka tree in her mouth.  Nikumaroro was known to have been covered with buka trees and the delegates were firmly of the opinion that it was none other than Gardner, now rediscovered by her descendants.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The association with Nei Manganibuka was reinforced early in the colony&#039;s history when Nei Aana, wife of the island&#039;s first Magistrate Teng Koata, encountered the ancestral anti herself:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The wife of Teng Koata, the first island leader, had been walking one afternoon and saw a great and perfect &#039;maneaba&#039;, and sitting under its hith thatched roof Nei Mananibuka, a tall fair woman with long dark hair falling to the ground about her, with two children: she conversed with three ancients, talking of her island of Nikumaroro, and its happy future when it would surely grow to support thousands of inhabitants.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Beginnings of Nikumaroro Society ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike Manra and Orona (Hull Island), Nikumaroro was not initially colonized by large numbers of would-be settler families.  Because it hosted far fewer coconut trees than the other two islands, because it had no existing structures or wells, and because Maude was skeptical of the capacity of soil in which buka grew to support coconut palms, his approach to Nikumaroro was more deliberate.  A ten-man working party was landed first, composed of government employees, to seek water, construct basic facilities, and begin clearing land for plantations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The working party was all made up of potential colonists, however, and they did not want to be parted long from their families, so families followed in the spring of 1939, and the skeleton of an island government was established.  Teng Koata -- the magistrate of the island of Onotoa, where he had distinguished himself for leadership in the course of a dangerous religious dispute in 1931  became the first Nikumaroro Island Magistrate.  The other standard government positions were apparently not filled, though Native Medical Practitioner Tutu spent a good deal of time on the island and the redoubtable Jack Kimo Petro supervised construction work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first few months were difficult, mostly because water was not immediately found.  To this day, the descendants of the first settlers sing a song about &amp;quot;the great search for water&amp;quot; that occupied their ancestors&#039; first weeks on the island.  There were also problems with four members of the original party, all from Arorae, who were unhappy and had to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently, however, reliable water was found, it became clear that coconuts would grow in at least some buka soils, and more settlers were allowed to immigrate.  By the time Gallagher shifted his residence from Manra to Nikumaroro in September of 1940, the island had a population of seventy.  Gallagher promptly set about to make Nikumaroro the &amp;quot;model island&amp;quot; of the PISS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Progress toward fulfillment of Gallagher&#039;s goals, and the creation of a stable, self-sufficient colony, was halted by Gallagher&#039;s death and the onset of World War II.  The colonists were left in an odd condition -- still technically on the government payroll as members of a working party clearing and planting government-owned land, without kainga land of their own, but with no regular government oversight. They apparently received rations on an irregular basis from the British authorities based on Canton Island, and then small salaries.   District Officers based on Canton Island visited from time to time, and the U.S. Coast Guard operated its Loran Station on the southeast end of the island during the later War years, but the colony lacked direction.  The people of Nikumaroro continued to serve as government employees, rather than forming a self-sufficient community of mwenga controlling their own land, reef, and lagoon resources.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With neither land allocated to them to develop and maintain for the good of their own mwengas, nor management direction to maintain and expand the government plantations, the colonists spent the War years maintaining the village, engaging in subsistence agriculture and fishing, and making handicrafts for sale to the Amerians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Koata returned to Kiribati and was replaced by Teng Ioakina in 1941.  With the onset of World War II, routine recordkeeping on Nikumaroro seems to have ended, or at least the records have not yet been found.  We know from Laxton&#039;s subsequent report that Iokina&#039;s tenure lasted until 1945, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Ten Tiriata (1945-46), Ten Iobi (1946-47), Ten Rereia (1947), and Ten Aram Tamia -- Gallagher&#039;s former servant -- from 1947 through the beginning of Laxton&#039;s tenure in 1949.  We have no further data on the organization of Nikumaroro society and its transformations until 1949, when Paul Laxton arrived with the responsibility to reorganize and redirect the island&#039;s population.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dividing and Allocating the Land ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that Gallagher intended to divide the island&#039;s productive land into parcels that would be assigned to the various mwenga, but he barely began this program before he was struck down.  In May of 1941, after commenting that land clearing had been delayed by damaging storms, he reported that the village area had been largely put to rights and that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Work was also commenced on the demarcation and plotting of landholdings on the south-west side of the island and some twenty of these lands have been taken over by labourers who intend to remain on the island as settlers.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Paul Laxton arrived, he found the Government Station and village in good order, but the plantation had languished.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In such an easy atmosphere the pioneer industry of the early days had been, perhaps, forgotten, and visiting District Officers found a clean, well-kept village but little work on felling bush and planting new areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From West Africa, Mr. Cartland arrived in Tarawa in April 1947 and early noted that the young settlements in the Phoenix Islands were not making the progress towards providing space for further settlers that had been hoped.  (Nikumaroro) was also the cause of unnecessary expense because the settlers were still receiving wages for clearing plantations which they had not, in fact, cleared.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he never says it in so many words, it appears that Laxton, and his superior Mr. Cartland, felt that an important part of making the colony economically self-sufficient would be to relocate the residential core of the village.  As government employees, the colonists lived adjacent to the Government Station.  Laxton set about to complete the job of allocating land to the mwenga, and either at his instigation or because it was the natural thing to do in their cultural context, the colonists dispersed to set up housekeeping on their newly assigned lands, effectively abandoning the village they had maintained so carefully during the War.  One has to wonder if this relocation strategy was not designed in part to break the spell of Gallagher, and his dream of Nikumaroro as colonial center -- to focus attention away from the by now somewhat mythic past, and toward the hard economic realities of a self-sufficient future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any event, Laxton set about with a will to complete the allocation of the land, and to move forward with clearing and planting the island.  In this cause, most of the colonists seem to have willingly enlisted, and new settlers of like mind were brought in from Manra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The allocation of the island lands on 31 March 1949 is shown in Appendix III and the sketch maps in appendices IV to VIII.  The initial settlement party received grants of land from Mr. Gallagher, and a promise of land in the &#039;kainga&#039; area of Noriti.  These were supplemented by a grant of laned on &#039;Nutiran&amp;quot; for experimental purposes, and grants of small plots on the southern end of the &#039;Ritiati&#039; area to bring up the number of bearing trees owned by each &#039;utu&#039; (family) to approximately two hundred.  The area allocated to each settler amounts to some 4 to 5 acres, varying according to the quality of the land.  The best land, that on Ritiati, has been reserved for five leasehold families from Sydney Island.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Following Aram, whose bare feet move easily over the sand while we break through and flounder in the land-crab holes, we reach the area towards the landing place where bush has been allowed to encroach on and choke the growing coconuts, and here we find the working party, engaged in hacking it clear again under the burly Tem Buake, Island Chief of Police.  It is tough discouraging work in the heat and we laugh with them at their feckless neglect which has made it necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing had been said overtly, but it was understood that the island would not be abandoned; some would return (to the Gilberts), but the majority intended to stay.  Next morning therefore we put the working party into clearing and making development roads which had been surveyed during the preceding days.  We went to the landing place, and cleared the cross-track from there to the lagoon.  To the south, the land Noriti was still dense jungle.  Through this we cut our way, choosing a line some forty feet from the lagoon, Aram the Magistrate and Buake the Chief of Policy led the way, swinging cane knives. &lt;br /&gt;
The planning complete, the erection of houses commenced with the same speed and drive as had characterized the clearing.  Some built new houses, driving the four corner posts of stout pandanus or of &#039;te non&#039; tree, pre-fabricating the roof and calling on friends to raise it onto the corner posts.  Terutning one evening we met a house walking along from the old village, chanting, while forty bare feet below the skirting indicated its means of propulsion.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underscoring the break with the old life, the island&#039;s system of governance was reorganized:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It was time to form the Island Government, and this was done.  Ten Aram Tamia, works Supervisor and acting Magistrate, did not wish to remain longer, looking for more highly paid work on Canton Island or elsewhere.  Ten Buake replaced him.  Appointed too were the &#039;kaubure&#039;, the Island Policy, the Boat Captain and the Scribe, while the &#039;old men&#039; selected their members of the all-important island Lands Court&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colony not only survived but grew considerably after Laxton&#039;s reorganization.  We have not carried out any detailed research regarding its latter phases, but the accounts of former residents and evidence on the ground indicate that as much as half the native vegetation was cleared and replaced with coconut trees, some of which survived and some of which did not.  Houses were constructed on Nutiran, across the channel from the original village, and extensive babae pits were dug there.  Nikumaroro was the site of a school that served all the Phoenix Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the same period, however, a lengthy and destructive drought caused the belief to grow among the Phoenix colonists that the colony was a failure.  Knudson describes the course of events from the perspective of the Manra colonists:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears that this lengthy (drought) crisis prompted the unimane of Sydney Island to request the government to move them elsewhere.  The request was not a unanimous one.  There was considerable discussion of the matter, with some of the elders agreeing and some disagreeing.  The young men appear not to have been in favor of moving.  Those I talked to in the Solomons said they enjoyed the dry climate and felt that there was always sufficient food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the drought continued the elders gradually came to agree among themselves that the island was not permanently habitable.  Finally in the early 1950s they sent a deputation to Tarawa.  Convinced that Sydney Island had been the hardest hit by the droughts, and that there was little chance that conditions there could be much improved, the officers of the central administration determined to move the islanders elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-1950s, relocation of the Manra colonists to the Solomons had begun, and by the early 1960s Orona and Nikumaroro were abandoned as well.  The name Nikumaroro survives today as that of a village on Waghena Island in the Solomons, inhabited by ex-colonists and their descendants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Burial Customs ==&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s an interesting video posted by FEMA [http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=1076915821287&amp;amp;ref=mf about a cemetery in American Samoa damaged by the recent tsunami.]  The second part of the video has a traditional Samoan family head talking about how and why people there are usually buried close to the family dwellings (they&#039;re still alive, still with us).  The same pattern is evident on Nikumaroro (In I-Kiribati tradition, they migrated to Kiribati from Samoa).  The video is something of a reminder of the way ancestral human remains are honored in the area, which in turn suggests why folks would be very careful with human bones found out in the bush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== Related Material ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/wiki/File:Niku_Household_Arch_prospectus.pdf &amp;quot;Household Archeology on Nikumaroro, Republic of Kiribati: A Prospectus.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Ethnohistory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Baureke_passage&amp;diff=6416</id>
		<title>Baureke passage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Baureke_passage&amp;diff=6416"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:06:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Slight elaboration on description of Bauareke Passage&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:GoogleEarth-Bauareke.png|thumb|300px|From GoogleEarth.  Taken 2007 / © 2009.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nikumapplain.jpg|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Bauareke passage&#039;&#039;&#039; is a small inlet into the lagoon, roughly bisecting the lee side of the island.  Storm surges may occasionally scour the inlet and deepen it or cause sand to accumulate in it, allowing water to flow through only at high tides.  It is not much of a barrier to transit on foot under most conditions; the water is seldom over knee-deep.  Under ordinary circumstances it is the only connection between the ocean and the lagoon other than the larger Tatiman Passage near the island&#039;s northwest end, so when it becomes blocked, the lagoon has no outflow point and tends to become murky.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Categories --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Baureke_passage&amp;diff=6415</id>
		<title>Baureke passage</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Baureke_passage&amp;diff=6415"/>
		<updated>2011-04-29T19:00:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: Correct spelling Bauareke&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:GoogleEarth-Bauareke.png|thumb|300px|From GoogleEarth.  Taken 2007 / © 2009.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nikumapplain.jpg|thumb|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Bauareke passage&#039;&#039;&#039; is a small inlet into the lagoon.  Storm surges may occasionally scour the inlet and deepen it or cause sand to accumulate in it, allowing water to flow through only at high tides.  It is not much of a barrier to transit on foot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Categories --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Archaeology of Nikumaroro]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ameliapedia&amp;diff=4664</id>
		<title>Ameliapedia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Ameliapedia&amp;diff=4664"/>
		<updated>2009-12-06T16:54:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: /* Can the mystery ever be solved? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__ &amp;lt;!-- no table of contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15ArrvlChater.jpg|thumb|Arrival in [[Delayed_in_Lae|Lae.]]]]The Ameliapedia is a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki Wikipedia-style] on line encyclopedia of information pertaining to [[TIGHAR|TIGHAR’s]] investigation of the 1937 disappearance [[Amelia Earhart]] and [[Fred Noonan]]. It is designed to provide easy access to reliable information about one of the 20th century’s greatest mysteries.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Get Started ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Electrairb.jpg|thumb|[[NR16020]] on [[Earhart_Project#Second_Attempt--May_20-July_2.2C_1937|world flight.]]]][[File:Itasca.jpg|thumb|[[USCGC Itasca|&#039;&#039;Itasca&#039;&#039;]] waited in vain.]][[File:Nikupic.jpg|thumb|[[Niku]]--last landing?]]&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on any of the [[blue links]] shown below will take you to a short answer that has links to longer answers about specific subjects, which will, in turn have links to even more detail, and so on.  In general, the deeper you go into a subject, the more technical the discussion will become.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also [http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/index.php?title=Special:AllPages&amp;amp;from=%22We_are_on_the_line_157_337%22 click on this text] to get a list Ameliapedia articles by subject or on [[Earhart Project|this text]] to see an overview of the Earhart Project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What really happened to Amelia Earhart? ===&lt;br /&gt;
* TIGHAR thinks [[Earhart]] and [[Noonan]] may have landed on the reef that surrounds [[Niku|Gardner Island/Nikumaroro]].  Here is a complete [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Overview/AEhypothesis.html overview of the Niku Hypothesis.]  See also [http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/images/1/1a/WhatHappenedtoAmeliaEarhart4.pdf &amp;quot;What Happened to Amelia Earhart? The Case for Nikumaroro.&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What has TIGHAR found? ===&lt;br /&gt;
* TIGHAR&#039;s findings are summarized in [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Research/Research.html Research Bulletins, Technical Papers, and articles from TIGHAR Tracks.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/forum/FAQs/Forumfaq.html Some other frequently asked questions.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What went wrong? ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Failure to communicate|Communications broke down]] between [[Electra|the plane]] and [[Itasca|the Coast Guard ship]] that was waiting for Earhart and Noonon at [[Howland Island]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Was Amelia Earhart a good pilot? ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Earhart|Some details about her career]] may help you make up your own mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Can the mystery ever be solved? ===&lt;br /&gt;
* TIGHAR thinks it very likely can be.  The Earhart Project is TIGHAR’s science-based investigation testing the [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/Overview/AEhypothesis.html hypothesis] that [[Amelia Earhart]] and [[Fred Noonan]] landed, and eventually died, on [[Gardner Island]], now Nikumaroro in the [[Republic of Kiribati]]. [http://tighar.org/wiki/Earhart_Project#TIGHAR_Research Archival research and nine expeditions] have uncovered a compelling body of supporting evidence. Archaeological excavations during the [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/NikuVI/SponsorTeamMembers.html next expedition,] scheduled for May/June 2010, will aim to expand our understanding of the site where evidence suggests Earhart died, with the possibility of recovering artifacts from which [http://tighar.org/Projects/Earhart/forum/FAQs/bones.htm DNA can be extracted.] The expedition will also include a deep water search off the atoll’s fringing reef for the wreckage of the airplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== You can help TIGHAR ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TIGHAR400.gif|thumb|[[TIGHAR|About TIGHAR.]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
The editors of the Ameliapedia are members of [[EPAC|TIGHAR’s Earhart Project Advisory Council.]]  We make every effort to assure that the facts presented are accurate and documented.  If you find information in the Ameliapedia that you believe is incorrect please email us at [mailto:webmaster@tighar.org webmaster@tighar.org] and let us know. We’ll fix it if it’s wrong or tell you why it’s right.  You may also register in the [http://tighar.org/news news section] and participate in the [https://tighar.org/smf/index.php TIGHAR Forums.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sponsors, benefactors, friends ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Comment: links from images won&#039;t work until MediaWiki releases 1.14 --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=wikitable border=1 cellpadding=5 style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em auto 1em auto&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Our special thanks to the corporate and individual sponsors of The Earhart Project, without whom nothing would be possible.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://fedex.com http://tighar.org/images/FedExp.jpg]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.stihl.com/ http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/images/0/08/Stihllogo.jpg]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[mailto:james@select-gis-services.com http://tighar.org/logos/armillaire.png]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.photekimaging.com/ http://tighar.org/aw/mediawiki/images/4/42/Photeklogosm.jpg]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.krn.com/ http://tighar.org/logos/KRNLogoshortshad.png]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Members of the TIGHAR Board of Directors&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;And all the members of TIGHAR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Talk:Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3253</id>
		<title>Talk:Remnants of riveted can</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Talk:Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3253"/>
		<updated>2009-07-24T00:02:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: New page: Most of these images depict tiny fragments of highly oxidized ferrous metal recovered in 2007 from the SL-Fire Feature at the Seven Site, Nikumaroro.  A small proportion were found in a di...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Most of these images depict tiny fragments of highly oxidized ferrous metal recovered in 2007 from the SL-Fire Feature at the Seven Site, Nikumaroro.  A small proportion were found in a discrete rectangular concentration about 40 cm. on a side, suggesting a can or metal box of approximately those dimensions.  Many of the fragments contain rivets or pins of some kind, often near finished edges.  The metal is very thin (ca. 1 mm. or less) and is laminated.  Several straight edges have been found, along with a couple of square corners and right-angle bends.  Some edges may have been finished by being wrapped over and around pieces of straight wire, a number of fragments of which were recovered.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3252</id>
		<title>Remnants of riveted can</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3252"/>
		<updated>2009-07-23T23:56:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Rods_wires.jpg &lt;br /&gt;
Image:Rivets.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Thin_typical.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Turned_edge_1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Turned_edge_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:SL3Corner_markup_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Corner_with_rivet_1.jpg &lt;br /&gt;
Image:X_section.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:crosssection.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sardinecan.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:artifacts]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3251</id>
		<title>Remnants of riveted can</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Remnants_of_riveted_can&amp;diff=3251"/>
		<updated>2009-07-23T23:55:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Rods_wires.jpg From Seven Site, SL-Fire Feature.  Thought to be rods around which edges of a ferrous container were rolled.&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Rivets.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Thin_typical.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Turned_edge_1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Turned_edge_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:SL3Corner_markup_2.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Corner_with_rivet_1.jpg &lt;br /&gt;
Image:X_section.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:crosssection.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Sardinecan.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:artifacts]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Location_and_Geology_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=2574</id>
		<title>Location and Geology of Nikumaroro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Location_and_Geology_of_Nikumaroro&amp;diff=2574"/>
		<updated>2009-03-01T23:07:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Nikucolor.jpg|center|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Nikumaroro: Physical Character ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howard Alldred]]’s Additions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nikumaroro, formerly known as Gardner Island, is a typical Central Pacific coral atoll.  It is located just south of the equator, due north of Western Samoa and the Tokelau Islands, at 04º 30&#039; S, 174º 30&#039; W (Fig. 1).   The atoll is 7km long by 2.5km wide, elongated northwest-southeast, having grown on the crest of a submarine volcanic cone with a similar orientation that rises out of 5000m of water.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embed src=&#039;I23jungleDM.jpg&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig. 1: Nikumaroro is an island in the Phoenix Group.  It is located just south of the equator, in a line due north from Samoa, via the Tokelau Islands.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The island forms part of a volcanic chain that includes Carondelet Reef to the south and a substantial seamount to the north with dimensions similar to Nikumaroro’s.  Other islands in the Phoenix group, such as Orona, Manra, McKean, and Kanton, lie on parallel volcanic chains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The atoll is made up of a central lagoon, a surrounding terrestrial rim,an extensive ocean reef flat, and a steep drop-off into the ocean abyss (Fig. 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig. 2: Nikumaroro is an elongated atoll, 7km long and 2.5km wide, formed on the crest of a submarine volcano, rising through 5000m of water.  It has a central lagoon served by two passages on the leeward (southeastern) side.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lagoon is relatively shallow, on average no more than 5 metres deep, and is studded with coral heads and patch reefs.  Most of the lagoon shore lacks beach; a few short stretches of sand arc around the northwest end.    Commonly, heavily vegetated coral shelves drop directly into the lagoon, or into a swampy foreshore of calcareous ooze, a mixture of bird droppings and coral erosion products  Water clarity varies greatly depending on weather conditions.  When turbid it is virtually opaque; when calm it can be fairly clear.  It is usually a bright aquamarine-turquoise in color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terrestrial rim is built on Holocene, and perhaps Pleistocene, beachrock ramparts that have provided a solid foundation for the overlying sediment.  This sediment mantle has been built up by deposition from multiple overwash events that happen during severe storms. A mineral exploration survey report in 1978 described the island as &amp;quot;a series of cemented coral rubble platforms&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rim is continuous along the windward, northeastern side, but the continuity of the southwestern, leeward side is interrupted by two passages.  The northern passage – Tatiman Passage – is a semi-navigable channel, while the southern passage – Baureke – is a usually non-navigable overflow/overwash channel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On both sides of the island, though more noticeably to windward, there are ridges or berms of coral rubble just behind the beach in many places, the results of storm surges.   The highest point of the terrestrial rim, near the northwest end, is elevated only about 6-metres above sea level.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The prevailing wind is from the east-northeast, as is the set of the swells (Figure 3).  The windward (northeast) shore is a long sandy beach about 20 to 40 meters wide, varying with the tide, behind its.  The southwest side of the island, normally in the lee, takes the brunt of periodic serious storms from the southwest and NW.  Its shoreline is variable both in width and character.  In some places shelves of coral, often heavily overgrown, drop directly to the reef flat, while in other places there are beaches, but these are for the most part narrower, steeper, and rockier than on the windward side, typically made up of finger-sized coral rubble mixed with sand.  There are substantial stretches of sandy beach toward the northwest end, however.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outboard of the terrestrial rim is an extensive reef flat, varying from 200 to 250 metres wide.  From the toe of the beach, the reef surface comprises the typical geomorphic succession of features (Fig. 3).  The inner section consists partly of discontinuous ridges of beachrock, which presumably date from the early Holocene (5000 - 10,000 y.B.P.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig. 3: Generalised geomorphology of Nikumaroro, showing the principal reef, rim and lagoon features. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either in association with the beachrock outcrops, or as a result of its absence, a “boat channel ” runs along the inboard edge of the reef flat.  Where it is actually present, the boat channel is often no more than a series of discontinuous channels, troughs and pools (Fig. 4).  The walls of these pools are usually steep-sided, and they are commonly less than 1 metre deep.  This zone is on average 130m wide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig. 4: Photo of the “boat channel”, which on Nikumaroro, where it is actually present, is a non-navigable series of discontinuous channels, troughs and pools, not usually more than 1-metre deep.  They form temporary sediment traps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seaward of the boat channel is a more-or-less flat coralline pavement that often has a pocked surface and is criss-crossed with fractures and tension joints.   The surface is slippery with the growth of the coralline algae Porolithon, which must be washed on a daily basis by seawater to maintain it.  The pavement averages 70m in width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The outer edge of the reef comprises the “spur and groove” zone (Fig. 5).  The groove consists of a steep walled, narrow canyon, typically several metres deep, that starts at the reef edge, and extends in a direction perpendicular to the reef edge, back towards the shore as a gradually shallowing and tapering slot.  Grooves form in the high-energy surf zone and act as gutters to channel water draining from the reef surface.  Grooves are commonly spaced at 20 to 50 metre intervals and can stretch back into the reef pavement up to 50m. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fig. 5: Photo of a groove tapering back into the pavement surface from the reef edge.  They act as water chutes funnelling water up onto the reef, as well as drainage channel for water returning from the intervening spur surface back to the ocean. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The intervening spurs are tabular to slightly convex rather than rounded as the name implies, but have sufficient profile to allow water to be shed from the reef surface. The swash is channelled back out to the ocean via the grooves.  Like the reef flat, the spur surfaces and even the groove walls are covered with slippery Porolithon algae.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Large boulders are present on the reef surface in the spur and groove zone.  These have been broken off and thrown up by the hydraulic hammering of surges underneath reef edge overhangs.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the reef edge is the steep drop-off zone.  The average gradient of the upper submarine slope down into the abyss is about 40º.  However, the surface is far from smooth, with ledges and precipices stepping down that reflect Pleistocene sea level still-stands.  There is usually a prominent submarine terrace at -50m, but others occur at -10 and -15m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the nadir of the last glaciation, sea level stood at -130m.  Below this depth, the flanks of the volcano are likely to be covered with a mantle of tumbled material, from sand and gravel to boulders and blocks.  The flanks of the volcano are not smooth surfaces but are fluted, with wide-spaced ridges and deep valleys.  Transport of sediment into the abyss is down the floors of these valleys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The atoll is subject to semi-diurnal (equal-amplitude, twice daily) tides.  There is also a marked spring-neap tidal dichotomy.            &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Vegetation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1937, Harry Maude commented that &amp;quot;the profuse vegetation on Gardner Island gave it the appearance, from the sea, of possessing several low hills&amp;quot;.  The same can be said today.  Nikumaroro retains significant stands of the indigenous tree called “buka” in I Kiribati (Pisonia grandis).  Bukas are impressive trees, up to 20 meters high with a canopy extending in a radius up to 8 meters or so from the thick, gray-barked trunk.  Major buka stands are in the northwest, with a fringe running down the narrow land behind the windward shore.  Substantial buka stands have been cleared behind the lee shore and on the southeast end (compare Figures N-3 and N-4 [Based on airphotos, show sequence of clearing]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Maude, in 1937 the island supported &amp;quot;some fine groves of &#039;kanawa&#039; trees (Cordia subcordata).   The fine-grained kanawa wood was much sought after for the construction of furniture and containers; it will feature importantly in subsequent chapters.  A major grove occupied the area known as &amp;quot;kanawa point&amp;quot;, and others may have grown on the northeast side of the lagoon on the land called Taraea.  Kanawa seems to have been completely cleared from the island, neither we nor a botanical survey party that visited the island in 1978  noted any specimens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bukas are today being seriously crowded by introduced coconut palms.  Even where the bukas have not been cleared to make way for coconut plantations, feral coconuts have grown up along the fringes of the buka stands and compete with the indigenous trees for light and nutrient.  “Te mao,” (Scaevola sp.) is a major competitor as well, and a major impediment to human travel around the island.  Mao presents a tangled jungle of interwoven stalks, each up to about 5 cm. In diameter, making up interwoven bushes up to 3 meters high.  When fresh, mao is easily cut with a bush knife, but when dry it defies non-mechanized human attack.  Since Nikumaroro experiences periodic dry conditions, most mao bushes are made up of dry stalks masked by a deceptive “skin” of green ones.  mao can be virtually impossible to cut through, yielding only to a chain saw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao tends to be concentrated along the ocean and lagoon shores, but can extend 50 or more meters inland, so on narrower parts of the island its coverage is virtually continuous.  Te ren, -- Tournefortia argentea, is also common along the shores, though far more scattered than mao.  Te ren is a small tree, on Nikumaroro growing to a height of perhaps six or seven meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other plants recorded on the island include a small tree called &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; (Morinda citrifolia), a bush known as kaura (Sida fallax) and a creeper called boi (Portulaca sp.)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only mammals on the island today (as far as we know) are rats, which are quite numerous.  Feral dogs and cats have been reported; we observed one not-too-long dead cat corpse in 1989, and occasionally have heard what sound like cat cries in the forest, but have never seen a live representative.  Dogs were subjected to a deliberate eradication program in the 1980s, which seems to have been successful.  Indigenous terrestrial animals fall into three roughly defined practical categories: crabs, birds, and insects/arachnids.  Crab varieties  include Coconut or Robber Crabs (Birgus latro), other hermit crabs (Coenobitidae), and smaller shore crabs (Gelasimus).  Large numbers of very small hermit crabs certainly represent juvenile stages of Birgus latro, but there are many larger hermit crabs as well.  Common bird species include snowy tern (kiakia in I Kiribati), Frigate Bird (Boobie, Gannet), and Red-Tailed Tropic Bird.  Insects and arachnids include ants, bees, and many web-spinning spiders.  A single scorpion was noted in 1997.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Offshore the fauna is much more extensive and varied.  Fish include Grouper, Trevally, Barracuda, Blacktip and Whitetip Shark, Gray Reef Shark, and a wide variety of other reef and deepwater species.  Sea turtles are common, and come ashore in some numbers along the windward side to lay eggs.  Small reef sharks are common in the lagoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because coconut crabs may have played roles in the fate of Earhart and Noonan, some detail about their character and behavior is in order.  Also referred to as robber crabs, Birgus latro is closely related to the hermit crab, and in fact goes through a hermit phase.  Adults are about a meter long from head to tail and weigh about 17 kg.  Each has a set of two large pincers that constitute its primary tool for acquiring and preparing food.  The food most often commented on is the coconut, Birgus is reputed to be able to tear the husks off nuts, pierce their hard inner shells, and then crack them open to extract the meat, but we can find no published support for this reputation.  There is abundant evidence, however, including our own observations, that coconut crabs are omnivores, and readily consume meat.  We observed them eating rats, delicately peeling the flesh out of the skin, which was discarded.  Whether the rats were carrion or were caught alive is something we cannot say, and on which the literature appears to be silent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coconut crabs are solitary, though they may be so numerous in some places that they appear to be gregarious. They tend to move along &amp;quot;paths of least resistance&amp;quot; between the shore and interior areas, particularly during the breeding season (roughly December to February).  After copulating on land, females make their way to the shore, where they release their larvae into the water.  The larvae go through a planktonic stage and then come ashore as very small crablets.  In this phase they begin carrying and hiding in the abandoned shells of univalves.  This juvenile shell carrying phase continues until a crab is about two years old, with a carapace about two to three centimeters across.  At this point the crab abandons its shell carrying practice.  By the age of five years the crab is about ten centimeters across, and they continue to grow, apparently, until death.  Coconut crabs have been known to live for over forty years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coconut crabs dig burrows in which to moult.  Burrows may be complicated tunnel systems ending in chambers, usually not over 50 cm. below the surface.  Crabs have been observed to remain in their burrows for up to sixteen weeks, shedding the old exoskeleton and hardening the new one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coconut crabs abound on Nikumaroro.  Niue Islanders who worked on the island in the late 19th century referred to it as Motu Aonga -- the land of the coconut crabs, and in late 1937 a party of I Kiribati and British explorers built fires in a ring around its campsite --&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
…as protection against the giant robber crabs, who stalked about in the half-light or hung to the branches staring balefully at us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greetings Tom,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Copious spare time&amp;quot;...!  How do you get that?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
I hope all is well with you.  EPAC was inspirational, as usual, and I have renewed energy to press on with the quest.  Randy has already been at me with a bunch of tidal questions!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
With regard to your email and attachment, I attach the Niku description from my report.  Please plagiarise it as much as you want.  If you need more detail on any subject, just ask.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Niku is a apparently a bit different from other atolls in the area on account of its beachrock.  These ramparts, apparently formed in the early Holocene (10ky), have given the island a terrestrial rockmass core (above current sea level) that has trapped sediment, either aeolian or overwash.  These sediments in turn become more beachrock as Ca-saturated groundwater from the lagoon passes through them, cementing the particles together.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When an atoll is able to do this, it seems to acquire a stable core, while others that do not have beachrock, don&#039;t (e.g. Carondelet Reef).  Beachrock cores to atolls would be a fascinating study as they offer a protection to the atoll that is otherwise absent (&amp;quot;rampart&amp;quot; is the name I have given the eroded beachrock outcrops that are above current MHWS).  They would be what could protect an atoll from sea level rise - colonise them that do, abandon them that don&#039;t.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, there is much fascinating science to be done on Niku.  How about a joint-funded venture - you do the recent archaeology of the village, and I do the geology?  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Best wishes,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Howard&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Howard Alldred]] NZCS BSc(Hons)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Geodata Consulting Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
Waiheke Island&lt;br /&gt;
New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Location and Geography]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Patrick_Donald_MacDonald&amp;diff=2062</id>
		<title>Patrick Donald MacDonald</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Patrick_Donald_MacDonald&amp;diff=2062"/>
		<updated>2009-02-20T18:13:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;* Born July 21, 1909, in Bells Hill, Scotland.&lt;br /&gt;
* Died June, 1987.  Death registered in Surrey South-Western, v. 17, p. 1313.&lt;br /&gt;
* Nicknamed &amp;quot;Paddy.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Rose from Assistant Secretary in 1941 to Colonial Secretary--a very prestigious and important position.&lt;br /&gt;
** The Colonial Secretary was virtually a dictator.  The Governor was a ceremonial figure and might set policy, but the Colonial Secretary was the CEO. He had three telephones on his desk, gave orders, and approved spending.  He was &amp;quot;pretty damn good&amp;quot; ([[Ron Gatty|RG]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Employed by WPHC from ~1941 to 1978.&lt;br /&gt;
* 8th April 1940 became Acting Assistant Secretary WPHC under Vaskess (source: WPHC personnel file), assuming job from Harry Maude, who had been seconded to Pitcarn (Source: Woodburn, &amp;quot;Where Our Hearts Still Lie&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
* 2nd May 1940 relinquished AAS post, but on 24th May became Acting Secretary until 11th July when he returned to being AAS (Source: Personnel file); presumably he stood in for Vaskess while Vaskess was on leave or secondment.  &lt;br /&gt;
* On vacation leave 14-28th October 1940&lt;br /&gt;
* 11th -- 19th November 1940 traveled to Samoa and Tonga&lt;br /&gt;
* 11th December again became Acting Secretary to WPHC, apparently continued in this post until 2nd July, when his personnel file says he &amp;quot;resumed duty in substantive post, with the note: &amp;quot;statement of pensionable service instrument(?) in GEIC.&amp;quot;  Does this mean he was back on Ocean or Tarawa?&lt;br /&gt;
*24th April 1941 personnel file says he &amp;quot;proceeded(?) on duty with HC (sic: High Commissioner) to BSIP &amp;amp; HH.&amp;quot;  BSIP would be British Solomon Islands Protectorate; don&#039;t know about HH.  Sir Harry, on page 179 of &amp;quot;From a South Seas Diary,&amp;quot; notes that on 20th April he sailed on &#039;&#039;Viti&#039;&#039; with &amp;quot;Dr. Macpherson, Tomblings and Paddy Macdonald&amp;quot; for the Solomons; they got back on 14th May.  Our copy of Macdonald&#039;s personnel file ends with the 24th April 1941 entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Took the bones from the office to Hoodless at FSM in summer of 1941.&lt;br /&gt;
* Colonial Secretary and in charge of boxing things up in 1978. Acting Archivist from the time that [[Burne]] retired (or quit) in 1976 until at least April 6, 1978.&lt;br /&gt;
* Both files and office equipment were sent to London. Lists of files were drawn up and typed. They were then packed in small archive boxes--no more than 5 files to a box. The small boxes were then stacked in a wooden packing crate. They fit perfectly, with no need of any kind of straw or other packing material.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tofiga remembers Paddy as &amp;quot;fair, firm and meticulous.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Ron Gatty: &amp;quot;The Governor was a ceremonial figure and might set policy, but the Colonial Secretary was the CEO. He had three telephones on his desk, gave orders, and approved spending. Paddy was pretty damn good.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Daughters: Hillary and Sally?  Hillary is now Hillary Roberts, living in Bermuda as of 2007 (See below). She worked for BOAC and got reduced fare flights for her father ([[Ron Gatty|RG]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* May have had a part-interest in the Grand Pacific Hotel.  [[Ron Gatty]] saw him there in a humble role--acting, perhaps, as the manager or desk clerk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Died in the late 1990s?&lt;br /&gt;
* Almost certainly knew everything there was to know about the [[Bones found on Nikumaroro| bones found on Nikumaroro]].&lt;br /&gt;
== Family ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Wife: Delia Edith MacDonald (3 Aug 1913, Westcliff, England, to November, 1994, in Hove, Sussex).&lt;br /&gt;
* Son: Neil Mateson MacDonald, Auckland, New Zealand.  1940 or 1941.&lt;br /&gt;
* Daughter: Hillary (~1947?).  Hillary Roberts (&amp;quot;The daughter of former Fiji deputy Governor Patrick Macdonald...&amp;quot;) lived in Bermuda until November 2007 and perhaps could be contacted through the Royal Bermuda Yacht Club. &lt;br /&gt;
* Daughter: Sally.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Village&amp;diff=1489</id>
		<title>The Village</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Village&amp;diff=1489"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:38:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Govt_Station.pdf‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Village&amp;diff=1488</id>
		<title>The Village</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Village&amp;diff=1488"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:37:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: New page:    Govt_Station.pdf‎&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Govt_Station.pdf‎&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Govt_Station.pdf&amp;diff=1487</id>
		<title>File:Govt Station.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Govt_Station.pdf&amp;diff=1487"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:36:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Fun_With_Clams&amp;diff=1483</id>
		<title>Fun With Clams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Fun_With_Clams&amp;diff=1483"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:23:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fun With Clams:  Three Experiments with Tidacna sp. Valves&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
By Thomas F. King&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 1: Throwing the Tridacna&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In initial inspection of photographs showing Clambushes 1 and 2 at the Seven Site, it appears that well over half the valves are lying with their concave sides up.  Does this high proportion of up-facing valves indicate purposeful placement, for example in order to catch water?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Null hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  The aerodynamics of Tridacna valves is such that when thrown a short distance (as would happen after one has eaten the contents), the valves tend to land face-up in disproportionate numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  I tossed a small (ca. 20 cm. long) T. gigas valve (obtained in Chuuk in the 1970s) one hundred times over a distance of about eight feet and a height of about six feet, with the valves landing on dirt with a light and sporadic cover of ivy and other low plants, tallying the number of times it landed face-up, face-down, and on edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  Sixty-two times out of one hundred, the valve landed face-up; Thirty-seven times it landed face-down.  In one instance it landed and remained on edge.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-up:  		62%&lt;br /&gt;
Face-down:		37%&lt;br /&gt;
Edge:			01%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often the valve would land on an edge and tip “backward” to fall face-up; falling the other way occurred much less often.  In a few occasions the valve even landed face down and immediately flipped over to face up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  The null hypothesis is confirmed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 2:  Cooking in a Tridacna Valve&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In Chuuk, and probably elsewhere in the Pacific, Tridacna valves were traditionally used to contain liquid medicines as these were being warmed on a fire before application or consumption.  Could cooking in a fire, and/or the application of water to the inside of a Tridacna valve while the valve is in a fire, cause the sort of splitting and spalling observed in the valves of Clambush #1 at the Seven Site?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  Cooking in a Tridacna will cause spalling and other damage similar to what was observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Prior observation:&#039;&#039;  A number of the valves in Clambush #1 show severe trauma near the byssal orifice, with either or both the exterior layers and/or the interior mother-of-pearl layer spalled back from the ragged edge of a break, as well as splitting and shattering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  The same T. gigas valve used in the tossing experiment was placed in a wood and charcoal fire, filled with water.  As the water evaporated, the valve was refilled.  In total, the valve was refilled seven times before it became too cracked to hold water.  The fire was then allowed to die down and cool, without moving the valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  By the time of the second filling, the outer surface of the valve had begun to blacken and char.  By the fifth filling, a serious latitudinal crack had developed.  By the seventh filling the valve could no longer hold water.  When the fire had died down the valve had split in several directions and literally fell apart into five pieces, which broke further upon being touched.  The valve had become very fragile, and crumbled easily.  Parts of it were blackened, others dark gray, others chalky white (especially in the interior).  Although in some places the mother-of-pearl broke away from the other layers, there was nothing like the spalling observed in the Clambush #1 specimens.  Nor was the damage confined to the vicinity of the byssal orifice; the entire valve was damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  Burning and cooking do not appear to cause the sort of damage observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Caveat:&#039;&#039;  Other ways of cooking (for example, suspension over the fire rather than laying the valve in it), fires of different strengths, and other variables may affect the breaking pattern and result in something more like what is observed in the clambush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3A:  How Much of a Load?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Lacking a meaty Tridacna, a good-sized Cherrystone Clam was obtained from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in Tridacna that is similar to that in Cherrystones, then a Tridacna with a 350.6 gram shell should have weighed about 515.6 grams when alive and wet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 8.765 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 19.32 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;  Clambush # 1, with all its individuals wrapped in padding, now resides comfortably in an archive box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3B: Refined Study of Projected Meat Weight, Clambush #1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, probably species crocea.  The clams were presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Scott Russell of Saipan procured five live Tridacna, by diving on Saipan’s reef.   These were almost certainly T. gigas.  Russell provides the following documentation on his specimens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 1:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 15.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 7 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed =  7.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight (shell and meat) =  595 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat  = 54 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat minus guts = 48 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 2:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =   1,010 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 125 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts  113 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 3:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  980 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 20 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 11 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 11.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  1.239 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  139 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 5&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 18 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  933 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  119 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which we can derive the following averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in the average Tridacna gigas in Russell’s sample the wet shell accounts for about 88 % of the total animal weight, with the innerds accounting for about 12% and edible meat adding up to about 11%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, I had procured a good-sized Cherrystone Clam from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%.  Since the shell of a Cherrystone is much thinner than that of a Tridacna, this ratio is not nearly as relevant to Clambush #1 as are the ratios derived from Russell’s T. gigas, but what is relevant is the Cherrystone’s loss of 2 grams – about 2% of its weight – to drying.  Assuming that Russell’s clams, if dried, would have lost a similar amount of weight, (average 19.02 grams) then we derive the following corrected averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
	Average dry shell weight:  816.58 g (951.4-19.02-115.8; 86% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g. (14% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g  (11% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in a Clambush #1 T. crocea that is similar to that in a Saipanese T. gigas, then we can derive the following averages for Clambush #1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight: 357.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average dry shell weight: 350.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  50.1 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat: 39.3 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 6.079 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 13.4 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 7:  We can also calculate that the total weight of edible meat procured by transporting Clambush #1 to the Seven Site was about 668.1 grams or about 1.5 pounds.  A reasonably substantial meal for one person or even two people.  It may also well be that the shell/meat ratio is higher in the large, thick-shelled T. gigas than in the smaller T. crocea, which would mean that the total edible meat weight of Clambush #1 would be greater and the total wet weight of the clambush would also increase.  If we double the estimated edible meat weight to three pounds (which seems liberal), this would increase the total clambush weight to about fifteen pounds, still easily within the range of what an individual could carry if he or she had a container in which to carry it.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Fun_With_Clams&amp;diff=1482</id>
		<title>Fun With Clams</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Fun_With_Clams&amp;diff=1482"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:22:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: New page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fun With Clams:  Three Experiments with Tidacna sp. Valves&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Experiment 1: Throwing the Tridacna&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  In initial inspection of photographs showing Clambushes 1 and 2...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fun With Clams:  Three Experiments with Tidacna sp. Valves&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 1: Throwing the Tridacna&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In initial inspection of photographs showing Clambushes 1 and 2 at the Seven Site, it appears that well over half the valves are lying with their concave sides up.  Does this high proportion of up-facing valves indicate purposeful placement, for example in order to catch water?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Null hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  The aerodynamics of Tridacna valves is such that when thrown a short distance (as would happen after one has eaten the contents), the valves tend to land face-up in disproportionate numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  I tossed a small (ca. 20 cm. long) T. gigas valve (obtained in Chuuk in the 1970s) one hundred times over a distance of about eight feet and a height of about six feet, with the valves landing on dirt with a light and sporadic cover of ivy and other low plants, tallying the number of times it landed face-up, face-down, and on edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  Sixty-two times out of one hundred, the valve landed face-up; Thirty-seven times it landed face-down.  In one instance it landed and remained on edge.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-up:  		62%&lt;br /&gt;
Face-down:		37%&lt;br /&gt;
Edge:			01%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often the valve would land on an edge and tip “backward” to fall face-up; falling the other way occurred much less often.  In a few occasions the valve even landed face down and immediately flipped over to face up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  The null hypothesis is confirmed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 2:  Cooking in a Tridacna Valve&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In Chuuk, and probably elsewhere in the Pacific, Tridacna valves were traditionally used to contain liquid medicines as these were being warmed on a fire before application or consumption.  Could cooking in a fire, and/or the application of water to the inside of a Tridacna valve while the valve is in a fire, cause the sort of splitting and spalling observed in the valves of Clambush #1 at the Seven Site?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  Cooking in a Tridacna will cause spalling and other damage similar to what was observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Prior observation:&#039;&#039;  A number of the valves in Clambush #1 show severe trauma near the byssal orifice, with either or both the exterior layers and/or the interior mother-of-pearl layer spalled back from the ragged edge of a break, as well as splitting and shattering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  The same T. gigas valve used in the tossing experiment was placed in a wood and charcoal fire, filled with water.  As the water evaporated, the valve was refilled.  In total, the valve was refilled seven times before it became too cracked to hold water.  The fire was then allowed to die down and cool, without moving the valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  By the time of the second filling, the outer surface of the valve had begun to blacken and char.  By the fifth filling, a serious latitudinal crack had developed.  By the seventh filling the valve could no longer hold water.  When the fire had died down the valve had split in several directions and literally fell apart into five pieces, which broke further upon being touched.  The valve had become very fragile, and crumbled easily.  Parts of it were blackened, others dark gray, others chalky white (especially in the interior).  Although in some places the mother-of-pearl broke away from the other layers, there was nothing like the spalling observed in the Clambush #1 specimens.  Nor was the damage confined to the vicinity of the byssal orifice; the entire valve was damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  Burning and cooking do not appear to cause the sort of damage observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Caveat:&#039;&#039;  Other ways of cooking (for example, suspension over the fire rather than laying the valve in it), fires of different strengths, and other variables may affect the breaking pattern and result in something more like what is observed in the clambush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3A:  How Much of a Load?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Lacking a meaty Tridacna, a good-sized Cherrystone Clam was obtained from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in Tridacna that is similar to that in Cherrystones, then a Tridacna with a 350.6 gram shell should have weighed about 515.6 grams when alive and wet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 8.765 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 19.32 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;  Clambush # 1, with all its individuals wrapped in padding, now resides comfortably in an archive box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3B: Refined Study of Projected Meat Weight, Clambush #1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, probably species crocea.  The clams were presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Scott Russell of Saipan procured five live Tridacna, by diving on Saipan’s reef.   These were almost certainly T. gigas.  Russell provides the following documentation on his specimens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 1:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 15.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 7 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed =  7.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight (shell and meat) =  595 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat  = 54 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat minus guts = 48 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 2:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =   1,010 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 125 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts  113 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 3:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  980 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 20 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 11 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 11.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  1.239 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  139 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 5&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 18 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  933 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  119 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which we can derive the following averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in the average Tridacna gigas in Russell’s sample the wet shell accounts for about 88 % of the total animal weight, with the innerds accounting for about 12% and edible meat adding up to about 11%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, I had procured a good-sized Cherrystone Clam from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%.  Since the shell of a Cherrystone is much thinner than that of a Tridacna, this ratio is not nearly as relevant to Clambush #1 as are the ratios derived from Russell’s T. gigas, but what is relevant is the Cherrystone’s loss of 2 grams – about 2% of its weight – to drying.  Assuming that Russell’s clams, if dried, would have lost a similar amount of weight, (average 19.02 grams) then we derive the following corrected averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
	Average dry shell weight:  816.58 g (951.4-19.02-115.8; 86% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g. (14% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g  (11% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in a Clambush #1 T. crocea that is similar to that in a Saipanese T. gigas, then we can derive the following averages for Clambush #1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight: 357.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average dry shell weight: 350.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  50.1 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat: 39.3 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 6.079 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 13.4 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 7:  We can also calculate that the total weight of edible meat procured by transporting Clambush #1 to the Seven Site was about 668.1 grams or about 1.5 pounds.  A reasonably substantial meal for one person or even two people.  It may also well be that the shell/meat ratio is higher in the large, thick-shelled T. gigas than in the smaller T. crocea, which would mean that the total edible meat weight of Clambush #1 would be greater and the total wet weight of the clambush would also increase.  If we double the estimated edible meat weight to three pounds (which seems liberal), this would increase the total clambush weight to about fifteen pounds, still easily within the range of what an individual could carry if he or she had a container in which to carry it.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Seven_Site&amp;diff=1480</id>
		<title>The Seven Site</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=The_Seven_Site&amp;diff=1480"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Seven Site lies on the crest and southwest slope of the surge ridge that forms the northeast side of the Nikumaroro atoll.  It is about 1.1 km. from the southeast end of the island, and just west of the seven-shaped natural clearing from which it takes its name.  The site is densely vegetated in &#039;&#039;Scaevola frutescens&#039;&#039; (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;mao&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;), with scattered (get list from Josh).  A large &#039;&#039;Tournefortia&#039;&#039; (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;ren&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;) tree stands on the ridge crest near the northeast edge of the site as we have defined it (Figure xx Contour map including elevation and lat/long; also work in KAP mosaic).  This “big ren&amp;quot; – or its ancestor – can be identified in airphotos as early as 19xx.  The &#039;&#039;Pisonia grandis&#039;&#039; (&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;buka&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;) forest begins just northwest of the site and continues sporadically to the north cape, interwoven with and bordered on the ocean and lagoon shores by dense thickets of mao.  When we found the site in 1996, and cleared a portion of it in 2001, its most obvious surface features were a rectangular steel tank, 1 meter on a side, labeled “Tarawa Police” and containing six half-coconut shells, and a roughly circular excavated hole some 1.5 meters in diameter and 1 meter deep, with an evident though much eroded backdirt pile adjacent to the northwest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ksevensitekap4.jpg|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{tcbug}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Needs:   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Dave Steadman report.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Get ’01 bones from SI and add to analysis.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Resolve cartridge problem.   &lt;br /&gt;
* Integrate revised Sharyn Jones report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:all_units_features_corrugated_plus_e.jpg |600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fieldwork ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We inspected the site in 1996, but undertook no further work there until discovery of the WPHC papers raised the possibility that it was where the 1940 bones discovery was made.  We speculated that the hole might have resulted from burial and excavation of the cranium, and the tank might have been brought in as a rainwater catcher to support Gallagher’s detailed search.  In 2001 we cleared a swath through the mao from the “Seven” to the hole, which we carefully excavated together with its backdirt.  We mapped the vicinity and swept it with metal detectors.  Results of the hole’s re-excavation were generally negative.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the course of this work, however, we found two deposits of charcoal, ash, and burned animal bones on the ridge crest near the big &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;ren&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.  We interpreted these as the remains of cooking fires, and shifted the focus of investigation to their vicinity.   We excavated six 1x1, 1x2, and 2x2 meter areas to explore these and other features, passing all excavated material through 6 mm.-mesh sieves.  We also mapped all surface features and artifacts identified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, with improved brush-cutting technology, we cleared a larger area, which we swept with metal detectors and mapped.  We also scanned much of the site surface with a daylight ultraviolet light source in search of bones, which fluoresce in UV light.  We further excavated the hole, together with two more fire features and a few locations where visual inspection or metal detecting suggested the presence of interesting material.  Finally, we imaged the site and its vicinity using kite aerial photography (KAP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Site Structure ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ridge on which the Seven Site lies is composed of coral rubble thrown up by wave action and stabilized by vegetation.  There is little soil accumulation, though screening does produce a small amount of humic material.  The surface is somewhat deflated, creating a loose “armor” or “pavement” of irregularly shaped coral pebbles and larger pieces of rubble.  Immediately beneath this “armor” is a thin layer of somewhat smaller coral pieces; it is here that the humic soil and most of the cultural material is found.   Below this level the chunks become larger again; at about 1 meter depth there is more or less consolidated coral with very large void spaces loosely filled with rubble.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All cultural material we found at the Seven Site was almost universally either on the surface or in the thin humic layer occupying roughly the top ten centimeters of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sequential Uses of the Site ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some historical and archaeological evidence, summarized briefly below, indicates that the Seven Site vicinity was used by personnel of the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) during their sojourn on the island (1944-46).  Other such evidence is clearly associated with use of the site by PISS colonists, before and/or after the USCG period.  A third body of evidence suggests use of the site by the “castaway” whose bones were collected by Gallagher and his PISS colleagues in 1940.  After briefly summarizing the relatively unambiguous evidence of USCG and PISS use, we will focus on the possible castaway associations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== U.S. Coast Guard-Related Material ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material obviously related to the 1944-46 U.S. Coast Guard loran station is ubiquitous on the site, though not in large quantities.  The most common artifacts recovered were .30 caliber cartridges most plausibly associated with the M-1 carbines issued to the Coast Guardsmen.  Veterans of Loran Unit 92 recall taking their carbines into the “bush” in the area for informal target practice.  Fragments of ironware, some with the U.S. Coast Guard insignia, doubtless represent targets.  Fragmentary bottles and radio parts found on the site are also probably associated with target use.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PISS-Related Material ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The steel tank was almost certainly brought in by the PISS colonists, perhaps to support tree cutting or Gallagher’s search of the site for bones and artifacts in 1940, or perhaps as part of subsequent efforts to plant the area in coconuts.  We recorded the remains of a corrugated steel roof adjacent to the tank, almost certainly representing a small structure whose roof was designed to drain rainwater into the tank.  Although completely reduced to rust, this roofing can be identified as galvanized steel, and hence was probably Coast Guard material used by the colonists after 1946 (though the structure itself, and the tank, may be older).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the surge ridge itself there are several more or less linear deposits of corrugated and sometimes flat iron sheets, reduced almost entirely to small flakes of rust.  Unlike those near the tank, these are not steel, and were not galvanized.  Toward the southeast edge of the site there are also a few somewhat heavier channel-shaped iron pieces.  The purpose of this material on the site is somewhat mysterious, but we suspect that it was brought there in about 1940 to facilitate skidding large kanawa logs as part of the logging operation apparently carried out at that time (Note: Earlier discuss historical evidence of logging).  A roll of asphalt construction siding, a portion of which was apparently spread on the ground at some point before the iron was laid down, is also probably of PISS origin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Possible Castaway Associations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Shellfish Features ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recorded three deposits of shellfish at the Seven Site – one made up of small bivalves representing genus &#039;&#039;Anadara&#039;&#039;, two of large bivalves of genus &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039;.  The &#039;&#039;Anadara&#039;&#039; feature comprises at least one hundred valves of the small shellfish, concentrated in an area about one meter across near the crest of the ridge (Figure xxx).  It extends only about ten cm. into the rubbly ground, and is overlain by a thin layer of scattered fiberglass flecks derived from the gritty covering of the rolled asphalt siding.  The asphalt siding, in turn, was apparently placed on the ground before the corrugated iron sheets were laid down; we found fragments of iron on top of the roll, but none under it.  This suggests that the &#039;&#039;Anadara&#039;&#039; feature predates use of the site for whatever activities brought the siding and the iron there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About two meters south of the &#039;&#039;Anadara&#039;&#039; feature we recorded a loose cluster of valves representing the “giant” clam genus &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039;, most probably &#039;&#039;T. crocea&#039;&#039;.  At least seventeen clams are represented by twenty-nine complete and fragmented valves.  In most cases one valve of each pair is complete, while the other is often broken or even smashed into multiple fragments.  Several examples show evidence of battering and/or prying around the byssal orifaces and on the siphon end.  In one case (Fig. xxx), the tip of a small iron tool, apparently fabricated from the rim of a steel drum and found in metal detecting about three meters from the shell cluster, fits precisely into a chipped wound in the clam’s hinge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; feature (Figure xxx) is a more linear concentration of shells, aligned roughly north-south.  It lay about 10 meters from the first feature and just upslope (east) of the “SL” fire feature (see below).  This cluster contains 32 valves representing 16 clams, plus six valves representing three clams scattered within a few meters downslope to the south and east.  All are complete, with no sign of chipping, prying, or battering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discussion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average weight of a live &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; about the size of those on Nikumaroro is calculated to be 360 g, yielding about 39 g of edible meat .  Each of the &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; clusters therefore, when fresh, should have weighed between six and seven kilograms – a modest load for one individual to carry from the lagoon southwest of the Seven Site or the reef northeast of it, and an easy burden for two.  &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; can be observed living in both areas today.  Each cluster would have produced 650-700 g of edible meat – a solid meal for one or two individuals (&#039;&#039;&#039;See [[Fun With Clams]] for basis of clam and meat weight calculations).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Archaeological and ethnographic data suggest that indigenous Pacific islanders did not and do not often collect &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; and bring them to an interior site to be processed, though they did do so in pre-contact times when &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; valves were used in the production of adzes and other implements.  The usual practice, unless one has some need for a shell, is to cut the live clam’s adductor muscle and then extract the meat, leaving the valves at the clam bed.   xxx Munro, for example, says    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“Fishing methods for giant clams are exceedingly simple.  In remote areas where the &lt;br /&gt;
shells have no significant value and have strong byssal attachments to the reef, the flesh is simply excised from the shells by slipping a sharp knife along the inner surface of the shell to cut one end of the adductor muscle.  This also applies to the larger species in which the shell is too heavy to be readily lifted from the water” .&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Seven Site shells are not too heavy to be readily lifted from the water, they would have no particular value to the Nikumaroro colonists, and if they had been of any value one would expect them to have been taken to the village.  The impression that the Seven Site &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; were harvested by someone not indigenous to the islands is heightened by the way the clams in the first cluster have been opened.  It appears that someone first tried to pry them open on the hinge and/or siphon ends, and when this failed, simply smashed one valve of each animal with a rock.  The linear arrangement of the second clam feature, and its proximity to the fire feature, suggest that the clams were placed around the edge of the fire, where the heat caused them to open, leaving no evidence of prying or bashing.  This may indicate that the clam harvester(s) learned from experience with the first group of clams that a more patient technique was in order, but neither technique is characteristic of indigenous Pacific Islander &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the Seven Site clams were not harvested by indigenous people (the PISS colonists), the remaining suspects are the Coast Guardsmen and the castaway(s).  Coast Guard veterans of the loran station, while some recall using the Seven Site area as a place to shoot their guns, deny ever collecting and consuming shellfish there.  This does not mean that one or more Coast Guardsmen did not at some point have a clambake on the site, but the condition of the clams in the first feature argues against the Coast Guardsmen as their tormenters.  The Coast Guardsmen were equipped with heavy, serviceable knives, and would hardly have needed to fabricate a prying tool and chip away at the clam’s hinges.  We think it most likely that the &#039;&#039;Tridacna&#039;&#039; features, and perhaps the &#039;&#039;Anadara&#039;&#039; feature, represent the subsistence activities of the castaway(s).  It is notable that on a 1937 airphoto of the Seven Site vicinity (cite), faint lines can be made out that appear to be trails running between the site and a cove on the lagoon shore where today there is a bed of (mostly dead) &#039;&#039;Tridacna.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Fire Features ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We excavated four features that we interpret as the remains of cooking fires were excavated: two in 2001, two in 2007 .  One (Feature D) is on the ridge crest near the big ren tree; another (Feature M) is some fifteen meters to the west along the ridge crest.  A third (Feature WR) is on the southwest slope of the ridge about ten meters south of the big ren, and the last (Feature SL) is about 24 meters southeast of the ren, on a southwest-tending spur of the ridge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features are difficult to see until the surface armor has been cleared away, so there may be more that we have not yet found.  Each feature consists of burned coral, wood ash, some charcoal, and the burned and unburned bones of fish, birds, and sometimes sea turtles, together with burned and unburned artifacts of various kinds.  None extends to a depth of more than 10-15 cm.  Their horizontal boundaries are indistinct, but they all appear to range between one and two meters in diameter, and to be roughly circular to ovoid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Feature D=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feature D lies on the ridge crest about five meters northeast of the big ren tree, shaded by the edge of its canopy.  [ INSERT DISCUSSION OF FISH BONES, ARTIFACTS, BIRD BONES].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Feature M=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feature M, some fifteen meters from Feature D, is visually similar to the first feature and exhibited a paucity of artifacts.  [ INSERT DISCUSSION OF BONES, ETC.].  A single radiocarbon sample taken from this feature yielded a “recent” age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Feature SL=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This fire feature adjoined the second of the Tridacna features, whose valves were relatively undamaged and which was organized in a linear fashion.  It contained abundant bird bones and relatively fewer fish bones.  [ INSERT DISCUSSION OF BONES].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Artifacts were numerous and puzzling in Feature SL, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gidgies&lt;br /&gt;
Screw&lt;br /&gt;
Pin&lt;br /&gt;
Gutta-percha washers&lt;br /&gt;
Black tube&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge&lt;br /&gt;
Lubricant top&lt;br /&gt;
40-cm. ferrous thing&lt;br /&gt;
Other ferrous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Feature WR=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature, somewhat downslope to the west from the ridge crest, was much more complex than the first two features and contained more fish bone than any other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feature WR also contained a diverse collection of artifacts, including:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cartridges&lt;br /&gt;
Snap&lt;br /&gt;
Bottles (Ric discuss)&lt;br /&gt;
Wire&lt;br /&gt;
Ferrous&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feature WR also produced a fragmentary cervical vertebra from a medium mammal identified as probably either sheep or goat.  The bone was not burned, but showed cut marks suggesting that the animal from which it came had been butchered.  We interpret this bone as most likely originating (locally) in a can of mutton stew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Discussion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The small number of fish represented by the remains in each fire feature suggests that each represents a single incident, with the likely exception of Feature WR, which may reflect several fish-cooking episodes.  Feature SL appears to reflect an effort to cook &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; birds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[SUMMARIZE SHARYL’S REPORT RE. DIVERSITY, HABITATS, ACQUISITION, PREPARATION, NUMBER OF INCIDENTS REPRESENTED, ETC.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[SUMMARY DAVE STEADMAN’S REPORT WHEN RECEIVED]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Was the Seven Site the Site of the Bones Discovery? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentary evidence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallagher&#039;s descriptions&lt;br /&gt;
* Reservation of land for him or komitina&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Photographic evidence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Evidence of logging&lt;br /&gt;
* Evidence of clearing&lt;br /&gt;
* Evidence of trails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Archaeolgical evidence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire features&lt;br /&gt;
* Hole&lt;br /&gt;
* Artifacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Was the Castaway Amelia Earhart? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The woman&#039;s shoe (Gallagher)&lt;br /&gt;
* The compact&lt;br /&gt;
* The zipper&lt;br /&gt;
* The snap&lt;br /&gt;
* The button&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
== The Kilts Account: Discussion and Speculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By Tom King&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shortly before Peter MacQuarrie found Gerald Gallagher&#039;s correspondence about the bones discovery, we had a couple of highly qualified analysts of oral tradition look at the Kilts account, asking their advice about what in it had, to them, the ring of truth.  Both said, in essence, that there was no particular reason to believe any of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With Peter&#039;s discovery in the Kiribati National Archives, however, we learned that at its core, the Kilts account was true.  A skeleton &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;was&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; found, near one end of the island, by a party of islanders, with a cognac bottle and a woman&#039;s shoe, and though Gallagher wasn&#039;t an &amp;quot;Irish magistrate,&amp;quot; didn&#039;t hop in the island&#039;s 4-oared boat to row the bones to Fiji, and didn&#039;t die en route, he &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;was&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; Irish, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;was&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; in charge of the island, must have sent the bones in the 4-oared whaleboat &#039;&#039;Nei Manganibuka&#039;&#039; out to the schooner &#039;&#039;Nimanoa&#039;&#039; for the voyage to Fiji, and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;did&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; die shortly after coming back from Fiji.  It&#039;s not hard to imagine a conversation among Kilts, a colonist without much English, and an interpreter scrambling the facts of the bones story into the tale that Kilts wound up telling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one piece of the Kilts story that doesn&#039;t make sense as a loose interpretation of what we know actually happened is the business about the superstitious natives throwing the bones into the sea.  Where does &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;that&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; come from?  Here&#039;s my hypothesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think there were two bones discoveries.  I think that after Gallagher left for Fiji, the colonists found a second set of bones, probably on Nutiran.  I think they held them, probably in a bag, for Gallagher&#039;s return.  When he returned and promptly died, I think they decided that messing with bones was not a good idea, and disposed of them by taking them well away from the island and committing them to the deep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not entirely a wild-assed guess -- just mostly one.  Consider:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. When Dirk Ballendorf interviewed residents of Nikumaroro Village in the Solomons (Provide link to Dirk&#039;s report), they told him that two skeletons had been found -- one at the SE end of the island, the other at the NW (Nutiran) end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. When Barb Norris, Kris Tague and I first interviewed Emily Sikuli (link to interview), she said that the bones she remembered -- which she associated with the box her father had built -- had been found on Nutiran, &amp;quot;where the plane came down.&amp;quot;  When Ric and others interviewed her on video later, her story was rather garbled, suggesting to me that she&#039;d been thinking about it and wasn&#039;t as sure of her facts as she&#039;d been the first time around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So there&#039;s some real indication of a second skeleton, found on Nutiran.  There&#039;s no independent indication of its disposal at sea, however; that&#039;s found only in the Kilts account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there was a second skeleton, whose was it?  If the skeleton at the SE end was Earhart&#039;s, then one on Nutiran, if it existed, might have been Noonan&#039;s.  Noonan&#039;s death and burial on Nutiran would be consistent with our interpretation of the radio messages indicating that he was injured.  However, the situation is complicated by the fact that we know that three bodies of &#039;&#039;Norwich City&#039;&#039; crewmen were buried on Nutiran, and others might have washed ashore and gotten buried by natural forces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, there&#039;s probably no way of finding out whether a second skeleton was found, and if it was, what happened to it.  But it&#039;s one way of making sense of the only part of Floyd Kilts&#039; account that doesn&#039;t otherwise bear any relationship to what&#039;s reliably documented as having happened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Please leave this Category tag at the bottom of this article.  Thanks! MXM, SJ --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Nikumaroro|Seven Site]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Shellfish_Remnants&amp;diff=1479</id>
		<title>Shellfish Remnants</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=Shellfish_Remnants&amp;diff=1479"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T01:19:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: New page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fun With Clams:  Three Experiments with Tidacna sp. Valves&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Experiment 1: Throwing the Tridacna&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  In initial inspection of photographs showing Clambushes 1 and 2...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fun With Clams:  Three Experiments with Tidacna sp. Valves&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 1: Throwing the Tridacna&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In initial inspection of photographs showing Clambushes 1 and 2 at the Seven Site, it appears that well over half the valves are lying with their concave sides up.  Does this high proportion of up-facing valves indicate purposeful placement, for example in order to catch water?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Null hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  The aerodynamics of Tridacna valves is such that when thrown a short distance (as would happen after one has eaten the contents), the valves tend to land face-up in disproportionate numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  I tossed a small (ca. 20 cm. long) T. gigas valve (obtained in Chuuk in the 1970s) one hundred times over a distance of about eight feet and a height of about six feet, with the valves landing on dirt with a light and sporadic cover of ivy and other low plants, tallying the number of times it landed face-up, face-down, and on edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  Sixty-two times out of one hundred, the valve landed face-up; Thirty-seven times it landed face-down.  In one instance it landed and remained on edge.  Thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-up:  		62%&lt;br /&gt;
Face-down:		37%&lt;br /&gt;
Edge:			01%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often the valve would land on an edge and tip “backward” to fall face-up; falling the other way occurred much less often.  In a few occasions the valve even landed face down and immediately flipped over to face up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  The null hypothesis is confirmed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 2:  Cooking in a Tridacna Valve&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  In Chuuk, and probably elsewhere in the Pacific, Tridacna valves were traditionally used to contain liquid medicines as these were being warmed on a fire before application or consumption.  Could cooking in a fire, and/or the application of water to the inside of a Tridacna valve while the valve is in a fire, cause the sort of splitting and spalling observed in the valves of Clambush #1 at the Seven Site?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hypothesis:&#039;&#039;  Cooking in a Tridacna will cause spalling and other damage similar to what was observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Prior observation:&#039;&#039;  A number of the valves in Clambush #1 show severe trauma near the byssal orifice, with either or both the exterior layers and/or the interior mother-of-pearl layer spalled back from the ragged edge of a break, as well as splitting and shattering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Experiment:&#039;&#039;  The same T. gigas valve used in the tossing experiment was placed in a wood and charcoal fire, filled with water.  As the water evaporated, the valve was refilled.  In total, the valve was refilled seven times before it became too cracked to hold water.  The fire was then allowed to die down and cool, without moving the valve.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Observations:&#039;&#039;  By the time of the second filling, the outer surface of the valve had begun to blacken and char.  By the fifth filling, a serious latitudinal crack had developed.  By the seventh filling the valve could no longer hold water.  When the fire had died down the valve had split in several directions and literally fell apart into five pieces, which broke further upon being touched.  The valve had become very fragile, and crumbled easily.  Parts of it were blackened, others dark gray, others chalky white (especially in the interior).  Although in some places the mother-of-pearl broke away from the other layers, there was nothing like the spalling observed in the Clambush #1 specimens.  Nor was the damage confined to the vicinity of the byssal orifice; the entire valve was damaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Conclusion:&#039;&#039;  Burning and cooking do not appear to cause the sort of damage observed in Clambush #1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Caveat:&#039;&#039;  Other ways of cooking (for example, suspension over the fire rather than laying the valve in it), fires of different strengths, and other variables may affect the breaking pattern and result in something more like what is observed in the clambush.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3A:  How Much of a Load?&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Lacking a meaty Tridacna, a good-sized Cherrystone Clam was obtained from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in Tridacna that is similar to that in Cherrystones, then a Tridacna with a 350.6 gram shell should have weighed about 515.6 grams when alive and wet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 8.765 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 19.32 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;  Clambush # 1, with all its individuals wrapped in padding, now resides comfortably in an archive box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Experiment 3B: Refined Study of Projected Meat Weight, Clambush #1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Issue:&#039;&#039;  Clambush #1 at the Seven Site apparently represents some seventeen Tridacna, probably species crocea.  The clams were presumably carried in from elsewhere, perhaps the lagoon margin.  Would a load of seventeen such clams be too much for a lone castaway to carry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Calculations:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1:  Of the entire collection of individual valves from Clambush 1, twenty-two were complete enough to make it possible to obtain fairly accurate full-valve weights.  All were weighed, and found to range from 79 to about 340 grams, with an average weight per valve of 175.3 grams.  This means an average clam weight (valves only) of 350.6 grams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2:  Scott Russell of Saipan procured five live Tridacna, by diving on Saipan’s reef.   These were almost certainly T. gigas.  Russell provides the following documentation on his specimens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 1:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 15.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 7 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed =  7.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight (shell and meat) =  595 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat  = 54 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Total weight of meat minus guts = 48 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 2:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =   1,010 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 125 g&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts  113 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 3:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 17 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 9.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  980 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat = 133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 20 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 11 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 11.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  1.239 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  139 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  133 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clam 5&lt;br /&gt;
Length = 18 cm&lt;br /&gt;
width = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
thickness when closed = 10.5 cm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
total weight =  933 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat =  128 g.&lt;br /&gt;
total weight of meat minus guts =  119 g.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which we can derive the following averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus in the average Tridacna gigas in Russell’s sample the wet shell accounts for about 88 % of the total animal weight, with the innerds accounting for about 12% and edible meat adding up to about 11%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, I had procured a good-sized Cherrystone Clam from a local supermarket ($0.29 donation to TIGHAR).  Its live, wet weight was found to be 136 grams.  The clam was then boiled until it opened (about five minutes), and with some feeling of guilt the meat and innerds were removed and discarded.  The wet empty-shell weight of both valves was found to be 94 grams.  The valves were then dried over a charcoal fire for two hours.  The dry(er) weight was 92 grams.  Note, this drying, on a rack about 15 cm. above the fire, did not cause cracking or any other noticeable change to the shell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this particular Cherrystone clam, the dry shell accounted for 68% of the total weight, while the meat accounted for 32%.  Since the shell of a Cherrystone is much thinner than that of a Tridacna, this ratio is not nearly as relevant to Clambush #1 as are the ratios derived from Russell’s T. gigas, but what is relevant is the Cherrystone’s loss of 2 grams – about 2% of its weight – to drying.  Assuming that Russell’s clams, if dried, would have lost a similar amount of weight, (average 19.02 grams) then we derive the following corrected averages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight:  951.4 g&lt;br /&gt;
	Average dry shell weight:  816.58 g (951.4-19.02-115.8; 86% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  115.8 g. (14% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat:  108.2 g  (11% of total wet weight)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 3:  Assuming a meat-shell ratio in a Clambush #1 T. crocea that is similar to that in a Saipanese T. gigas, then we can derive the following averages for Clambush #1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Average total wet weight: 357.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average dry shell weight: 350.6 g&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of meat:  50.1 g.&lt;br /&gt;
Average weight of edible meat: 39.3 g&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 4:  The seventeen clams in Clambush #1 thus should have collectively weighed about 6.079 kilograms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 5:  One kilogram equals 2.2046 pounds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 6:  It follows that the clams in Clambush #1 should have weighed about 13.4 pounds, which should not have been beyond the capacity of an individual to carry, assuming he or she had something to carry the clams in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 7:  We can also calculate that the total weight of edible meat procured by transporting Clambush #1 to the Seven Site was about 668.1 grams or about 1.5 pounds.  A reasonably substantial meal for one person or even two people.  It may also well be that the shell/meat ratio is higher in the large, thick-shelled T. gigas than in the smaller T. crocea, which would mean that the total edible meat weight of Clambush #1 would be greater and the total wet weight of the clambush would also increase.  If we double the estimated edible meat weight to three pounds (which seems liberal), this would increase the total clambush weight to about fifteen pounds, still easily within the range of what an individual could carry if he or she had a container in which to carry it.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1462</id>
		<title>USS Bushnell Survey (1939)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1462"/>
		<updated>2009-02-10T21:48:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;USS Bushnell visited Nikumaroro twice in November-Decembe 1939, mapping the island and the lagoon and making astronomical observations.  Following are copies of original documents on the ship&#039;s visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_1.pdf| First quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_2.pdf| Second quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_3.pdf‎| Third quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_4.pdf| Last quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1461</id>
		<title>USS Bushnell Survey (1939)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1461"/>
		<updated>2009-02-10T21:47:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;USS Bushnell visited Nikumaroro twice in November-Decembe 1939, mapping the island and the lagoon and making astronomical observations.  Following are copies of original documents on the ship&#039;s visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_1.pdf| First quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_2.pdf| Second quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_3.pdf‎| Third quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_4.pdf| Last quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Bushnell_Part1.pdf|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1460</id>
		<title>USS Bushnell Survey (1939)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=USS_Bushnell_Survey_(1939)&amp;diff=1460"/>
		<updated>2009-02-10T21:45:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;USS Bushnell visited Nikumaroro twice in November-Decembe 1939, mapping the island and the lagoon and making astronomical observations.  Following are copies of original documents on the ship&#039;s visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_1.pdf| First quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_2.pdf| Second quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_3.pdf‎| Third quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Bushnell_Part_4.pdf| Last quarter of USS Bushnell papers]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Bushnell_Part_4.pdf&amp;diff=1459</id>
		<title>File:Bushnell Part 4.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://tighar.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Bushnell_Part_4.pdf&amp;diff=1459"/>
		<updated>2009-02-10T21:45:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tfking106: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tfking106</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>